1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1174 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1175 // rather than the top-level class. 1176 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1177 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1184 /// 1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1190 /// attribute. 1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1192 ASTContext &Context) { 1193 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1197 return true; 1198 1199 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1200 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1201 } 1202 1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1205 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1206 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1207 // scope. 1208 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1209 S = S->getParent(); 1210 1211 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1212 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1213 // into any context. 1214 if (AddToContext) 1215 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1216 1217 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1218 // are function-local declarations. 1219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1220 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1222 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1223 return; 1224 1225 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1226 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1227 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1228 return; 1229 1230 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1231 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1232 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1233 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1234 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1235 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1237 1238 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1239 break; 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 S->AddDecl(D); 1244 1245 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1246 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1247 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1248 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1249 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1250 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1251 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1252 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1253 continue; 1254 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1255 break; 1256 } 1257 1258 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1259 } else { 1260 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1265 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1266 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1270 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1271 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1272 } 1273 1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1275 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1276 do { 1277 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1278 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1279 return S; 1280 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1281 1282 return nullptr; 1283 } 1284 1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1286 DeclContext*, 1287 ASTContext&); 1288 1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1292 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1293 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1294 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1295 while (F.hasNext()) { 1296 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1297 1298 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1302 continue; 1303 1304 F.erase(); 1305 } 1306 1307 F.done(); 1308 } 1309 1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1311 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1313 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1318 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1319 while (F.hasNext()) 1320 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1321 F.erase(); 1322 1323 F.done(); 1324 } 1325 1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1327 /// @code 1328 /// class S { 1329 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1331 /// }; 1332 /// @endcode 1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1334 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1335 // the decl here. 1336 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1337 return false; 1338 1339 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1340 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1341 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1342 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 // We need this to handle 1347 // 1348 // typedef struct { 1349 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1350 // } A; 1351 // 1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1357 // not. 1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1359 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1360 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1361 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1362 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1363 return true; 1364 } 1365 DC = DC->getParent(); 1366 } 1367 1368 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1369 } 1370 1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1372 // these semantics. 1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1374 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1375 return false; 1376 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1377 } 1378 1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1380 assert(D); 1381 1382 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1383 return false; 1384 1385 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1386 // of members of class templates. 1387 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1388 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1389 return false; 1390 1391 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1392 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1393 return false; 1394 1395 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1396 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1397 return false; 1398 } else { 1399 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1400 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1401 return false; 1402 } 1403 1404 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1405 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1406 return false; 1407 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1408 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1409 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1410 // like "inline".) 1411 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1415 return false; 1416 1417 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1418 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1419 return false; 1420 } else { 1421 return false; 1422 } 1423 1424 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1425 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1426 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1427 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1428 } 1429 1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1431 if (!D) 1432 return; 1433 1434 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1435 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1436 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1437 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1438 } 1439 1440 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1441 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1442 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1443 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1444 } 1445 1446 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1447 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1451 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1455 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1459 return true; 1460 1461 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1462 // functions. 1463 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1464 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1465 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1466 WithinFunction = 1467 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1468 if (!WithinFunction) 1469 return false; 1470 1471 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1472 return true; 1473 1474 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1475 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1479 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1480 1481 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1482 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1483 1484 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1485 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1486 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1487 return false; 1488 } 1489 1490 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1491 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1492 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1496 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1497 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1498 return false; 1499 1500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1501 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1502 return false; 1503 1504 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1505 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1506 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1507 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1508 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1509 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1510 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1511 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1512 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 } 1518 1519 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1520 } 1521 1522 return true; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1526 FixItHint &Hint) { 1527 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1528 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1529 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1530 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1531 return; 1532 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1533 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1534 } 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1539 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1540 return; 1541 1542 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1543 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1545 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1546 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1553 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1554 return; 1555 1556 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1557 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1558 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1559 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 1563 FixItHint Hint; 1564 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1565 1566 unsigned DiagID; 1567 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1569 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1571 else 1572 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1573 1574 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1578 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1579 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1580 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1581 // MS inline assembly label name. 1582 bool Diagnose = false; 1583 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1584 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1585 else 1586 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1587 if (Diagnose) 1588 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1589 } 1590 1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1592 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1593 1594 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1595 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1596 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1597 1598 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1599 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1600 1601 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1602 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1603 1604 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1605 1606 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1607 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1608 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1609 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1610 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1611 } 1612 1613 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1614 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1615 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1616 1617 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1618 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1619 } 1620 } 1621 1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1626 /// to the fixed name. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1631 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1632 /// 1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1634 /// class could not be found. 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1638 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1639 // creation from this context. 1640 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1641 1642 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1643 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1644 // find an Objective-C class name. 1645 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1646 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1647 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1648 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1649 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1650 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1651 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1655 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1656 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1657 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1658 return Def; 1659 } 1660 1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1665 /// ill-formed in C++: 1666 /// @code 1667 /// struct S6 { 1668 /// enum { BAR } e; 1669 /// }; 1670 /// 1671 /// void test_S6() { 1672 /// struct S6 a; 1673 /// a.e = BAR; 1674 /// } 1675 /// @endcode 1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1683 /// contain non-field names. 1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1685 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1686 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1687 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1688 S = S->getParent(); 1689 return S; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1697 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1698 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1699 return; 1700 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1701 1702 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1703 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1704 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1705 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1706 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1707 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1708 } 1709 1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1711 switch (Error) { 1712 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1713 return ""; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1715 return "stdio.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1717 return "setjmp.h"; 1718 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1719 return "ucontext.h"; 1720 } 1721 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1722 } 1723 1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1725 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1727 /// built-in. 1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1729 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1730 SourceLocation Loc) { 1731 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1732 1733 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1734 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1735 if (Error) { 1736 if (ForRedeclaration) 1737 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1738 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1739 return nullptr; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 } 1964 } 1965 1966 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1967 // with any extensions enabled. 1968 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1969 return; 1970 1971 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1972 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1973 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1974 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1975 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1976 } 1977 1978 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1979 return; 1980 1981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1982 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1983 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1984 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1985 // to the type to which it already refers. 1986 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1987 return; 1988 1989 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1990 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1991 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1992 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1993 // 1994 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1995 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1996 // 1997 // struct S { 1998 // typedef struct A { } A; 1999 // }; 2000 // 2001 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2002 // allow the above but disallow 2003 // 2004 // struct S { 2005 // typedef int I; 2006 // typedef int I; 2007 // }; 2008 // 2009 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2010 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2011 return; 2012 2013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2014 << New->getDeclName(); 2015 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2016 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2017 } 2018 2019 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2020 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2021 return; 2022 2023 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2024 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2025 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2026 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2027 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2028 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2029 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2030 return; 2031 2032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2033 << New->getDeclName(); 2034 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2035 } 2036 2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2038 /// attribute. 2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2040 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2041 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2042 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2043 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2044 if (Ann) { 2045 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2046 return true; 2047 continue; 2048 } 2049 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2050 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2051 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2052 return true; 2053 } 2054 2055 return false; 2056 } 2057 2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2059 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2060 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2061 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2062 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2063 return true; 2064 } 2065 2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2068 /// 2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2071 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2072 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2073 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2074 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2075 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2076 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2077 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2078 // in a case like: 2079 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2080 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2081 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2082 // definition in such a case. 2083 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2084 return false; 2085 2086 if (I->isAlignas()) 2087 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2088 2089 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2090 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2091 OldAlign = Align; 2092 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2093 } 2094 } 2095 2096 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2097 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2098 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2099 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2100 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 if (I->isAlignas()) 2104 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2105 2106 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2107 if (Align > NewAlign) 2108 NewAlign = Align; 2109 } 2110 2111 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2112 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2113 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2114 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2115 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2116 2117 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2118 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2119 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2120 QualType Ty; 2121 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2122 Ty = VD->getType(); 2123 else 2124 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2125 2126 if (OldAlign == 0) 2127 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2128 if (NewAlign == 0) 2129 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2130 } 2131 2132 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2133 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2134 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2135 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2136 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2141 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2142 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2143 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2144 // equivalent alignment. 2145 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2146 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2147 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2148 // have no alignment specifier. 2149 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2150 << OldAlignasAttr; 2151 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2152 << OldAlignasAttr; 2153 } 2154 2155 bool AnyAdded = false; 2156 2157 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2158 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2159 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2160 Clone->setInherited(true); 2161 New->addAttr(Clone); 2162 AnyAdded = true; 2163 } 2164 2165 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2166 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2167 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2168 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2169 Clone->setInherited(true); 2170 New->addAttr(Clone); 2171 AnyAdded = true; 2172 } 2173 2174 return AnyAdded; 2175 } 2176 2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2178 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2179 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2180 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2181 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2182 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2183 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2184 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2185 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2186 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2187 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2188 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2189 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2190 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2191 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2192 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2193 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2194 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2195 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2196 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2198 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2199 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2200 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2201 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2202 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2203 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2204 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2205 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2206 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2207 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2208 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2209 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2210 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2212 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2217 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2219 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2220 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2221 NewAttr = nullptr; 2222 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2223 NewAttr = nullptr; 2224 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2226 2227 if (NewAttr) { 2228 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2229 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2230 return true; 2231 } 2232 2233 return false; 2234 } 2235 2236 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2237 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2238 return TD->getDefinition(); 2239 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2240 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2241 if (Def) 2242 return Def; 2243 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2244 } 2245 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2246 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2247 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2248 return Def; 2249 } 2250 return nullptr; 2251 } 2252 2253 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2254 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2255 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2256 return true; 2257 return false; 2258 } 2259 2260 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2261 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2262 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2263 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2264 return; 2265 2266 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2267 if (!Def || Def == New) 2268 return; 2269 2270 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2271 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2272 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2273 2274 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2275 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2276 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2277 else { 2278 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2279 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2280 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2281 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2282 : diag::err_redefinition; 2283 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2284 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2285 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2286 } 2287 ++I; 2288 continue; 2289 } 2290 2291 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2292 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2293 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2294 ++I; 2295 continue; 2296 } 2297 } 2298 2299 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2300 ++I; 2301 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2302 } 2303 2304 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2305 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2306 ++I; 2307 continue; 2308 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2309 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2310 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2311 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2312 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2313 // equivalent alignment. 2314 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2315 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2316 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2317 // have no alignment specifier. 2318 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2319 << AA; 2320 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2321 << AA; 2322 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2323 --E; 2324 continue; 2325 } 2326 } 2327 2328 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2329 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2330 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2331 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2332 --E; 2333 } 2334 } 2335 2336 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2337 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2338 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2339 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2340 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2341 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2342 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2343 } 2344 2345 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2346 return; 2347 2348 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2349 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2350 2351 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2352 return; 2353 2354 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2355 2356 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2357 // we process them. 2358 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2359 2360 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2361 bool Override = false; 2362 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2363 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2364 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2365 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2366 switch (AMK) { 2367 case AMK_None: 2368 continue; 2369 2370 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2371 break; 2372 2373 case AMK_Override: 2374 Override = true; 2375 break; 2376 } 2377 } 2378 2379 // Already handled. 2380 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2381 continue; 2382 2383 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2384 foundAny = true; 2385 } 2386 2387 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2388 foundAny = true; 2389 2390 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2391 } 2392 2393 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2394 /// to the new one. 2395 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2396 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2397 Sema &S) { 2398 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2399 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2400 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2401 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2402 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2403 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2404 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2405 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2406 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2407 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2408 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2409 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2410 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2411 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2412 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2413 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2414 } 2415 2416 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2417 return; 2418 2419 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2420 2421 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2422 // done before we process them. 2423 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2424 2425 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2426 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2427 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2428 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2429 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2430 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2431 foundAny = true; 2432 } 2433 } 2434 2435 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2436 } 2437 2438 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2439 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2440 Sema &S) { 2441 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2442 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2443 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2444 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2445 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2446 *Newnullability, 2447 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2448 != 0)) 2449 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2450 *Oldnullability, 2451 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2452 != 0)); 2453 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2454 } 2455 } else { 2456 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2457 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2458 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2459 NewT, NewT); 2460 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2461 } 2462 } 2463 } 2464 2465 namespace { 2466 2467 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2468 /// C. 2469 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2470 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2471 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2472 QualType PromotedType; 2473 }; 2474 2475 } 2476 2477 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2478 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2479 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2480 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2481 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2482 2483 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2484 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2485 2486 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2487 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2488 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2489 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2490 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2491 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2492 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2493 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2494 } 2495 2496 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2497 } 2498 2499 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2500 // declaration, or a declaration. 2501 template <typename T> 2502 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2503 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2504 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2505 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2506 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2507 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2508 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2509 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2510 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2511 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2512 } else 2513 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2514 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2515 } 2516 2517 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2518 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2519 /// GNU89 mode. 2520 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2521 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2522 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2523 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2524 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2525 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2526 } 2527 2528 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2529 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2530 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2531 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2532 return AT; 2533 } 2534 2535 template <typename T> 2536 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2537 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2538 if (DC->isRecord()) 2539 return false; 2540 2541 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2542 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2543 return true; 2544 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2545 return true; 2546 return false; 2547 } 2548 2549 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2550 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2551 2552 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2553 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2554 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2555 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2556 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2557 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2558 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2559 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2560 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2561 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2562 // and function templates; or 2563 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2564 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2565 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2566 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2567 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2568 2569 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2570 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2571 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2572 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2573 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2574 2575 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2576 if (Old && 2577 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2578 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2579 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2580 Old = nullptr; 2581 2582 if (!Old) { 2583 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2584 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2585 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2586 return true; 2587 } 2588 return false; 2589 } 2590 2591 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2592 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2593 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2594 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2595 /// 2596 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2597 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2598 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2599 /// merged with. 2600 /// 2601 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2602 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2603 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2604 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2605 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2606 if (!Old) { 2607 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2608 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2609 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2610 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2611 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2612 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2613 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2614 return true; 2615 } 2616 2617 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2618 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2619 return true; 2620 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2621 } else { 2622 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2623 << New->getDeclName(); 2624 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2625 return true; 2626 } 2627 } 2628 2629 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2630 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2631 return true; 2632 2633 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2634 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2635 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2636 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2637 2638 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2639 // is an extern inline function. 2640 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2641 // storage classes. 2642 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2643 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2644 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2645 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2646 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2647 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2649 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2650 } else { 2651 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2652 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2653 return true; 2654 } 2655 } 2656 2657 2658 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2659 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2660 // convention of the first. 2661 // 2662 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2663 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2664 // 2665 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2666 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2667 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2668 // 2669 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2670 // other tests to run. 2671 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2672 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2673 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2674 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2675 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2676 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2677 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2678 2679 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2680 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2681 const FunctionType *FT = 2682 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2683 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2684 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2685 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2686 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2687 // there but not here. 2688 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2689 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2690 } else { 2691 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2692 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2694 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2695 << !FirstCCExplicit 2696 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2697 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2698 2699 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2700 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2701 return true; 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2706 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2707 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2708 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2709 } 2710 2711 // Merge regparm attribute. 2712 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2713 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2714 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2716 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2717 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2718 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2719 return true; 2720 } 2721 2722 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2723 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2724 } 2725 2726 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2727 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2728 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2729 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2730 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2731 return true; 2732 } 2733 2734 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2735 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2736 } 2737 2738 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2739 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2740 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2741 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2742 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2743 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2744 } 2745 2746 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2747 // UndefinedButUsed. 2748 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2749 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2750 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2751 Old->isUsed(false) && 2752 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2753 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2754 SourceLocation())); 2755 2756 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2757 // about it. 2758 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2759 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2760 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2761 } 2762 2763 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2764 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2765 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2766 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2767 // cannot be overloaded. 2768 2769 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2770 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2771 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2772 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2773 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2774 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2775 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2776 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2777 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2778 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2779 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2780 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2781 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2782 QualType ResQT; 2783 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2784 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2785 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2786 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2787 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2788 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2789 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2790 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2791 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2792 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2793 else 2794 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2795 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2796 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2797 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2798 return true; 2799 } 2800 else 2801 NewQType = ResQT; 2802 } 2803 2804 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2805 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2806 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2807 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2808 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2809 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2810 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2811 New->setType( 2812 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2813 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2814 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2815 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2816 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2817 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2818 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2819 } 2820 } 2821 2822 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2823 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2824 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2825 // Preserve triviality. 2826 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2827 2828 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2829 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2830 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2831 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2832 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2833 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2834 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2835 2836 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2837 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2838 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2839 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2840 // is a static member function declaration. 2841 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2842 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2843 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2844 return true; 2845 } 2846 2847 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2848 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2849 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2850 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2851 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2852 unsigned NewDiag; 2853 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2854 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2855 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2856 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2857 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2858 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2859 else 2860 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2861 2862 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2863 } else { 2864 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2865 << New << New->getType(); 2866 } 2867 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2868 return true; 2869 2870 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2871 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2872 // 2873 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2874 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2875 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2876 if (isFriend) { 2877 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2878 } else { 2879 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2880 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2881 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2882 return true; 2883 } 2884 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2885 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2886 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2887 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2888 return true; 2889 } 2890 } 2891 2892 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2893 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2894 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2895 // attribute. 2896 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2897 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2898 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2899 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2900 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2901 } 2902 2903 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2904 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2905 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2906 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2907 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2908 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2909 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2910 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2911 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2912 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2913 } 2914 2915 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2916 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2917 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2918 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2919 2920 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2921 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2922 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2923 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2924 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2925 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2926 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2927 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2928 } 2929 2930 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2931 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2932 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2933 // 2934 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2935 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2936 // linkage within class scope. 2937 // 2938 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2939 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2940 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2941 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2942 } else { 2943 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2944 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2945 return true; 2946 } 2947 } 2948 2949 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2950 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2951 2952 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2953 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2954 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2955 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2956 // when we instantiate the function. 2957 return false; 2958 } 2959 2960 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2961 } 2962 2963 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2964 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2965 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2966 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2967 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2968 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2969 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2970 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2971 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2972 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2973 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2974 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2975 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2976 NewQType = 2977 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2978 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2979 New->setType(NewQType); 2980 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2981 2982 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2983 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2984 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2985 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2986 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2987 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2988 SC_None, nullptr); 2989 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2990 Param->setImplicit(); 2991 Params.push_back(Param); 2992 } 2993 2994 New->setParams(Params); 2995 } 2996 2997 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2998 } 2999 3000 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3001 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3002 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3003 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3004 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3005 // the prototype. 3006 // 3007 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3008 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3009 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3010 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3011 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3012 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3013 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3014 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3015 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3016 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3017 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3018 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3019 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3020 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3021 3022 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3023 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3024 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3025 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3026 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3027 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3028 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3029 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3030 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3031 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3032 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3033 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3034 NewParm->getType(), 3035 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3036 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3037 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3038 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3039 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3040 } else 3041 LooseCompatible = false; 3042 } 3043 3044 if (LooseCompatible) { 3045 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3046 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3047 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3048 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3049 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3050 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3051 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3052 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3053 } 3054 3055 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3056 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3057 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3058 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3059 } 3060 3061 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3062 } 3063 3064 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3065 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3066 3067 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3068 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3069 unsigned BuiltinID; 3070 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3071 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3072 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3073 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3074 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3075 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3076 << Old << Old->getType(); 3077 3078 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3079 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3080 // 3081 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3082 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3083 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3084 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3085 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3086 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3087 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3088 3089 return false; 3090 } 3091 3092 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3093 } 3094 3095 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3096 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3097 return true; 3098 } 3099 3100 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3101 /// known to be compatible. 3102 /// 3103 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3104 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3105 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3106 /// redeclaration of Old. 3107 /// 3108 /// \returns false 3109 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3110 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3111 // Merge the attributes 3112 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3113 3114 // Merge "pure" flag. 3115 if (Old->isPure()) 3116 New->setPure(); 3117 3118 // Merge "used" flag. 3119 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3120 New->setIsUsed(); 3121 3122 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3123 // declarations. 3124 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3125 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3126 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3127 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3128 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3129 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3130 } 3131 3132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3133 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3134 3135 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3136 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3137 // was visible. 3138 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3139 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3140 New->setType(Merged); 3141 3142 return false; 3143 } 3144 3145 3146 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3147 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3148 3149 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3150 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3151 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3152 : AMK_Override; 3153 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3154 3155 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3156 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3157 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3158 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3159 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3160 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3161 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3162 3163 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3164 } 3165 3166 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3167 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3168 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3169 /// 3170 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3171 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3172 /// is attached. 3173 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3174 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3175 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3176 return; 3177 3178 QualType MergedT; 3179 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3180 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3181 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3182 return; 3183 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3184 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3185 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3186 } 3187 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3188 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3189 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3190 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3191 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3192 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3193 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3194 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3195 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3196 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3197 NewArray->getElementType())) 3198 MergedT = New->getType(); 3199 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3200 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3201 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3202 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3203 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3204 NewArray->getElementType())) 3205 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3206 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3207 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3208 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3209 Old->getType()); 3210 } 3211 } else { 3212 // C 6.2.7p2: 3213 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3214 // compatible type. 3215 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3216 } 3217 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3218 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3219 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3220 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3221 // equivalent. 3222 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3223 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3224 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3225 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3226 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3227 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3228 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3229 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3230 return; 3231 } 3232 3233 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3234 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3235 // 3236 // extern int arr[]; 3237 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3238 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3239 // 3240 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3241 // to diagnose it. 3242 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3243 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3244 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3245 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3246 3247 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3248 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3249 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3250 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3251 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3252 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3253 } 3254 3255 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3256 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3257 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3258 New->setType(MergedT); 3259 } 3260 3261 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3262 LookupResult &Previous) { 3263 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3264 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3265 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3266 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3267 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3268 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3269 // 3270 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3271 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3272 return false; 3273 3274 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3275 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3276 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3277 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3278 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3279 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3280 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3281 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3282 } else { 3283 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3284 // type unless we're in the same function. 3285 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3286 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3287 } 3288 } 3289 3290 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3291 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3292 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3293 /// 3294 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3295 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3296 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3297 /// 3298 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3299 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3300 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3301 return; 3302 3303 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3304 3305 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3306 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3307 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3308 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3309 if (NewTemplate) { 3310 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3311 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3312 3313 if (auto *Shadow = 3314 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3315 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3316 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3317 } else { 3318 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3319 3320 if (auto *Shadow = 3321 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3322 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3323 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3324 } 3325 } 3326 if (!Old) { 3327 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3328 << New->getDeclName(); 3329 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3330 diag::note_previous_definition); 3331 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3332 } 3333 3334 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3335 return; 3336 3337 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3338 if (NewTemplate && 3339 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3340 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3341 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3342 return; 3343 3344 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3345 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3346 // 3347 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3348 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3349 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3350 << New->getIdentifier(); 3351 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3352 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3353 } 3354 3355 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3356 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3357 // declaration 3358 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3359 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3360 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3361 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3362 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3363 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3364 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3365 } 3366 3367 // Merge the types. 3368 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3369 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3370 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3371 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3372 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3373 return; 3374 } 3375 3376 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3377 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3378 return; 3379 3380 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3381 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3382 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3383 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3384 3385 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3386 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3387 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3388 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3389 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3390 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3391 << New->getDeclName(); 3392 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3393 } else { 3394 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3395 << New->getDeclName(); 3396 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3397 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3398 } 3399 } 3400 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3401 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3402 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3403 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3404 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3405 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3406 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3407 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3408 // identifier has external linkage. 3409 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3410 /* Okay */; 3411 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3412 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3413 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3414 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3415 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3416 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3417 } 3418 3419 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3420 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3421 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3423 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3424 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3425 } 3426 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3427 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3428 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3429 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3430 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3431 } 3432 3433 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3434 3435 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3436 // need to check for mismatches. 3437 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3438 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3439 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3440 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3441 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3442 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3443 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3444 } 3445 3446 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3447 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3448 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3449 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3450 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3452 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3453 } else { 3454 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3455 // static and dynamic initialization. 3456 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3457 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3458 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3459 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3460 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3461 } 3462 } 3463 3464 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3465 VarDecl *Def; 3466 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3467 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3468 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3469 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3470 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3471 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3472 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3473 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3474 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3475 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3476 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3477 } else { 3478 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3479 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3480 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3481 return; 3482 } 3483 } 3484 3485 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3486 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3487 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3488 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3489 return; 3490 } 3491 3492 // Merge "used" flag. 3493 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3494 New->setIsUsed(); 3495 3496 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3497 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3498 if (NewTemplate) 3499 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3500 3501 // Inherit access appropriately. 3502 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3503 if (NewTemplate) 3504 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3505 } 3506 3507 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3508 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3509 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3510 DeclSpec &DS) { 3511 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3512 } 3513 3514 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3515 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3516 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3517 // compatibility. 3518 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3519 // targeted. 3520 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3521 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3522 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3523 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3524 } 3525 3526 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3527 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3528 return; 3529 3530 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3531 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3532 // it is anonymous. 3533 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3534 return; 3535 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3536 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3537 Context.setManglingNumber( 3538 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3539 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3540 return; 3541 } 3542 3543 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3544 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3545 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3546 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3547 Context.setManglingNumber( 3548 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3549 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3550 } 3551 } 3552 3553 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3554 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3555 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 3556 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 3557 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) 3558 return; 3559 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3560 return; 3561 3562 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3563 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3564 3565 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3566 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3567 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) 3568 return; 3569 3570 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3571 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3572 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3573 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3574 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3575 // for how to handle it. 3576 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3577 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3578 3579 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3580 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3581 3582 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3583 textToInsert += ' '; 3584 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3585 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3586 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3587 return; 3588 } 3589 3590 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3591 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3592 } 3593 3594 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3595 switch (T) { 3596 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3597 return 0; 3598 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3599 return 1; 3600 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3601 return 2; 3602 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3603 return 3; 3604 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3605 return 4; 3606 default: 3607 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3608 } 3609 } 3610 3611 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3612 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3613 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3614 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3615 DeclSpec &DS, 3616 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3617 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3618 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3619 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3620 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3621 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3622 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3623 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3624 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3625 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3626 3627 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3628 return nullptr; 3629 3630 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3631 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3632 // it's a Type. 3633 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3634 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3635 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3636 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3637 } 3638 3639 if (Tag) { 3640 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3641 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3642 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3643 return Tag; 3644 } 3645 3646 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3647 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3648 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3649 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3650 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3651 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3652 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3653 } 3654 3655 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3656 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3657 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3658 if (Tag) 3659 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3660 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3661 else 3662 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3663 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3664 return TagD; 3665 } 3666 3667 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3668 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3669 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3670 // its initializer. 3671 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3672 return TagD; 3673 } 3674 3675 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3676 3677 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3678 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3679 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3680 if (TagD && !Tag) 3681 return nullptr; 3682 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3683 } 3684 3685 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3686 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3687 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3688 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3689 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3690 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3691 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3692 // or an explicit specialization. 3693 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3694 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3695 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3696 return nullptr; 3697 } 3698 3699 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3700 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3701 3702 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3703 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3704 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3705 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3706 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3707 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3708 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3709 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3710 3711 DeclaresAnything = false; 3712 } 3713 } 3714 3715 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3716 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3717 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3718 // 3719 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3720 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3721 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3722 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3723 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3724 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3725 // struct STRUCT; 3726 // union UNION; 3727 // and 3728 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3729 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3730 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3731 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3732 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3733 if (Tag) 3734 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3735 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3736 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3737 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3738 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3739 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3740 3741 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3742 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3743 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3744 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3745 } 3746 3747 DeclaresAnything = false; 3748 } 3749 } 3750 3751 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3752 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3753 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3754 return TagD; 3755 3756 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3757 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3758 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3759 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3760 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3761 DeclaresAnything = false; 3762 3763 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3764 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3765 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3766 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3767 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3768 else 3769 DeclaresAnything = false; 3770 } 3771 3772 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3773 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3774 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3775 << Tag->getTagKind() 3776 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3777 3778 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3779 3780 // C 6.7/2: 3781 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3782 // or the members of an enumeration. 3783 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3784 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3785 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3786 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3787 // previous declaration. 3788 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3789 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3790 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3791 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3792 return TagD; 3793 } 3794 3795 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3796 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3797 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3798 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3799 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3800 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3801 // 3802 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3803 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3804 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3805 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3806 3807 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3808 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3809 // useless. 3810 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3811 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3812 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3813 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3814 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3815 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3816 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3817 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3818 } 3819 3820 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3821 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3822 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3823 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3824 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3825 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3826 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3827 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3828 // Restrict is covered above. 3829 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3830 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3831 } 3832 3833 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3834 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3835 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3836 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3837 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3838 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3839 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3840 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3841 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3842 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3843 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3844 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3845 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3846 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3847 } 3848 } 3849 3850 return TagD; 3851 } 3852 3853 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3854 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3855 /// 3856 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3857 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3858 Scope *S, 3859 DeclContext *Owner, 3860 DeclarationName Name, 3861 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3862 unsigned diagnostic) { 3863 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3864 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3865 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3866 3867 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3868 return false; 3869 3870 // Pick a representative declaration. 3871 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3872 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3873 3874 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3875 return false; 3876 3877 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3878 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3879 3880 return true; 3881 } 3882 3883 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3884 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3885 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3886 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3887 /// struct, e.g., 3888 /// 3889 /// @code 3890 /// union { 3891 /// int i; 3892 /// float f; 3893 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3894 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3895 /// @endcode 3896 /// 3897 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3898 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3899 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3900 DeclContext *Owner, 3901 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3902 AccessSpecifier AS, 3903 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3904 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3905 unsigned diagKind 3906 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3907 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3908 3909 bool Invalid = false; 3910 3911 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3912 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3913 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3914 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3915 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3916 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3917 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3918 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3919 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3920 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3921 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3922 Invalid = true; 3923 } else { 3924 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3925 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3926 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3927 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3928 // anonymous union is declared. 3929 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3930 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3931 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3932 else 3933 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3934 3935 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3936 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3937 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3938 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3939 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3940 3941 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3942 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3943 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3944 3945 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3946 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3947 3948 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3949 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3950 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3951 3952 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3953 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3954 3955 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3956 } 3957 } 3958 } 3959 3960 return Invalid; 3961 } 3962 3963 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3964 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3965 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3966 static StorageClass 3967 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3968 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3969 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3970 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3971 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3972 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3973 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3974 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3975 return SC_None; 3976 return SC_Extern; 3977 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3978 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3979 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3980 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3981 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3982 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3983 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3984 } 3985 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3986 } 3987 3988 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3989 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3990 3991 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3992 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3993 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3994 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3995 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3996 return FD->getLocation(); 3997 } 3998 3999 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4000 } 4001 4002 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4003 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4004 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4005 return; 4006 4007 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4008 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4009 } 4010 4011 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4012 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4013 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4014 return; 4015 4016 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4017 } 4018 4019 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4020 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4021 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4022 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4023 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4024 AccessSpecifier AS, 4025 RecordDecl *Record, 4026 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4027 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4028 4029 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4030 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4031 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4032 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4033 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4034 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4035 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4036 4037 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4038 // structs/unions. 4039 bool Invalid = false; 4040 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4041 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4042 unsigned DiagID; 4043 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4044 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4045 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4046 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4047 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4048 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4049 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4050 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4051 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4052 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4053 4054 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4055 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4056 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4057 } 4058 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4059 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4060 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4061 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4062 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4063 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4064 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4065 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4066 4067 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4068 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4069 SourceLocation(), 4070 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4071 } 4072 } 4073 4074 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4075 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4076 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4077 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4078 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4079 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4080 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4081 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4082 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4083 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4084 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4085 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4086 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4087 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4088 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4089 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4090 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4091 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4092 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4093 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4094 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4095 4096 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4097 } 4098 4099 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4100 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4101 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4102 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4103 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4104 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4105 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4106 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4107 // members (clause 11). 4108 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4109 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4110 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4111 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4112 Invalid = true; 4113 } 4114 4115 // C++ [class.union]p1 4116 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4117 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4118 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4119 // array of such objects. 4120 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4121 Invalid = true; 4122 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4123 // Any implicit members are fine. 4124 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4125 // This is a type that showed up in an 4126 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4127 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4128 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4129 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4130 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4131 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4132 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4133 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4134 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4135 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4136 else { 4137 // This is a nested type declaration. 4138 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4139 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4140 Invalid = true; 4141 } 4142 } else { 4143 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4144 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4145 // not part of standard C++. 4146 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4147 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4148 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4149 } 4150 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4151 // Any access specifier is fine. 4152 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4153 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4154 } else { 4155 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4156 // member. Complain about it. 4157 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4158 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4159 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4160 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4161 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4162 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4163 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4164 4165 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4166 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4167 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4168 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4169 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4170 else { 4171 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4172 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4173 Invalid = true; 4174 } 4175 } 4176 } 4177 4178 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4179 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4180 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4181 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4182 Owner->isRecord()) 4183 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4184 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4185 } 4186 4187 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4188 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4189 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4190 Invalid = true; 4191 } 4192 4193 // Mock up a declarator. 4194 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4195 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4196 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4197 4198 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4199 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4200 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4201 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4202 DS.getLocStart(), 4203 Record->getLocation(), 4204 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4205 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4206 TInfo, 4207 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4208 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4209 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4210 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4211 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4212 } else { 4213 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4214 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4215 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4216 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4217 // an error here 4218 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4219 Invalid = true; 4220 SC = SC_None; 4221 } 4222 4223 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4224 DS.getLocStart(), 4225 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4226 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4227 TInfo, SC); 4228 4229 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4230 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4231 // initializer: 4232 // union { int n = 0; }; 4233 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4234 } 4235 Anon->setImplicit(); 4236 4237 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4238 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4239 4240 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4241 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4242 // its members. 4243 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4244 4245 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4246 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4247 // purposes. 4248 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4249 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4250 4251 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4252 Chain, false)) 4253 Invalid = true; 4254 4255 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4256 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4257 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4258 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4259 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4260 Context.setManglingNumber( 4261 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4262 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4263 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4264 } 4265 } 4266 } 4267 4268 if (Invalid) 4269 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4270 4271 return Anon; 4272 } 4273 4274 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4275 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4276 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4277 /// Example: 4278 /// 4279 /// struct A { int a; }; 4280 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4281 /// 4282 /// void foo() { 4283 /// B var; 4284 /// var.a = 3; 4285 /// } 4286 /// 4287 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4288 RecordDecl *Record) { 4289 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4290 4291 // Mock up a declarator. 4292 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4293 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4294 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4295 4296 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4297 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4298 4299 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4300 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4301 ParentDecl, 4302 DS.getLocStart(), 4303 DS.getLocStart(), 4304 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4305 RecTy, 4306 TInfo, 4307 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4308 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4309 Anon->setImplicit(); 4310 4311 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4312 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4313 4314 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4315 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4316 // purposes. 4317 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4318 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4319 4320 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4321 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4322 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4323 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4324 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4325 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4326 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4327 } 4328 4329 return Anon; 4330 } 4331 4332 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4333 /// given Declarator. 4334 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4335 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4336 } 4337 4338 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4339 DeclarationNameInfo 4340 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4341 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4342 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4343 4344 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4345 4346 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4347 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4348 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4349 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4350 return NameInfo; 4351 4352 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4353 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4354 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4355 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4356 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4357 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4358 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4359 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4360 return NameInfo; 4361 4362 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4363 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4364 Name.Identifier)); 4365 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4366 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4367 return NameInfo; 4368 4369 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4370 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4371 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4372 if (Ty.isNull()) 4373 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4374 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4375 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4376 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4377 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4378 return NameInfo; 4379 } 4380 4381 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4382 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4383 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4384 if (Ty.isNull()) 4385 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4386 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4387 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4388 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4389 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4390 return NameInfo; 4391 } 4392 4393 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4394 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4395 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4396 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4397 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4398 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4399 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4400 4401 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4402 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4403 4404 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4405 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4406 // was qualified. 4407 4408 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4409 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4410 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4411 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4412 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4413 return NameInfo; 4414 } 4415 4416 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4417 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4418 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4419 if (Ty.isNull()) 4420 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4421 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4422 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4423 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4424 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4425 return NameInfo; 4426 } 4427 4428 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4429 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4430 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4431 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4432 } 4433 4434 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4435 4436 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4437 } 4438 4439 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4440 do { 4441 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4442 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4443 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4444 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4445 else 4446 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4447 } while (true); 4448 } 4449 4450 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4451 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4452 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4453 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4454 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4455 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4456 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4457 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4458 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4459 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4460 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4461 Params.clear(); 4462 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4463 return false; 4464 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4465 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4466 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4467 4468 // The parameter types are identical 4469 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4470 continue; 4471 4472 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4473 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4474 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4475 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4476 4477 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4478 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4479 Params.push_back(Idx); 4480 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4481 return false; 4482 } 4483 4484 return true; 4485 } 4486 4487 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4488 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4489 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4490 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4491 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4492 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4493 DeclarationName Name) { 4494 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4495 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4496 // - types which will become injected class names 4497 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4498 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4499 // few cases here. 4500 4501 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4502 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4503 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4504 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4505 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4506 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4507 // Grab the type from the parser. 4508 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4509 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4510 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4511 4512 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4513 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4514 // attached already. 4515 if (!TSI) 4516 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4517 4518 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4519 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4520 if (!TSI) return true; 4521 4522 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4523 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4524 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4525 break; 4526 } 4527 4528 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4529 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4530 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4531 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4532 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4533 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4534 break; 4535 } 4536 4537 default: 4538 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4539 break; 4540 } 4541 4542 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4543 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4544 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4545 4546 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4547 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4548 // pointer. 4549 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4550 continue; 4551 4552 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4553 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4554 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4555 return true; 4556 } 4557 4558 return false; 4559 } 4560 4561 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4562 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4563 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4564 4565 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4566 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4567 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4568 4569 return Dcl; 4570 } 4571 4572 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4573 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4574 /// name different from T: 4575 /// - every static data member of class T; 4576 /// - every member function of class T 4577 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4578 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4579 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4580 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4581 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4582 4583 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4584 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4585 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4586 return true; 4587 } 4588 4589 return false; 4590 } 4591 4592 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4593 /// nested-name-specifier. 4594 /// 4595 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4596 /// 4597 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4598 /// resolves. 4599 /// 4600 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4601 /// 4602 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4603 /// 4604 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4605 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4606 DeclarationName Name, 4607 SourceLocation Loc) { 4608 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4609 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4610 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4611 4612 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4613 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4614 // 4615 // class X { 4616 // void X::f(); 4617 // }; 4618 // 4619 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4620 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4621 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4622 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4623 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4624 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4625 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4626 SS.clear(); 4627 } else { 4628 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4629 } 4630 return false; 4631 } 4632 4633 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4634 // declaration. 4635 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4636 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4637 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4638 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4639 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4641 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4642 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4643 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4644 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4645 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4646 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4647 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4648 else 4649 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4650 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4651 4652 return true; 4653 } 4654 4655 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4656 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4657 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4658 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4659 SS.clear(); 4660 4661 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4662 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4663 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4664 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4665 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4666 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4667 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4668 return true; 4669 4670 return false; 4671 } 4672 4673 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4674 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4675 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4676 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4677 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4678 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4679 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4680 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4681 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4682 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4683 4684 return false; 4685 } 4686 4687 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4688 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4689 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4690 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4691 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4692 4693 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4694 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4695 if (!Name) { 4696 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4697 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4698 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4699 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4700 return nullptr; 4701 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4702 return nullptr; 4703 4704 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4705 // we find one that is. 4706 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4707 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4708 S = S->getParent(); 4709 4710 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4711 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4712 D.setInvalidType(); 4713 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4714 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4715 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4716 return nullptr; 4717 4718 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4719 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4720 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4721 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4722 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4723 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4724 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4725 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4726 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4727 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4728 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4729 return nullptr; 4730 } 4731 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4732 4733 if (!IsDependentContext && 4734 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4735 return nullptr; 4736 4737 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4738 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4739 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4740 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4741 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4742 return nullptr; 4743 } 4744 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4745 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4746 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4747 if (DC->isRecord()) 4748 return nullptr; 4749 4750 D.setInvalidType(); 4751 } 4752 } 4753 4754 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4755 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4756 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4757 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4758 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4759 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4760 D.setInvalidType(); 4761 } 4762 } 4763 4764 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4765 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4766 4767 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4768 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4769 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4770 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4771 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4772 return nullptr; 4773 4774 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4775 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4776 D.setInvalidType(); 4777 4778 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4779 ForRedeclaration); 4780 4781 // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration 4782 // lookup, let name lookup know. 4783 if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) && 4784 getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage && 4785 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4786 Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false); 4787 4788 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4789 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4790 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4791 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4792 4793 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4794 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4795 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4796 // 4797 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4798 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4799 // the same name. 4800 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4801 /* Do nothing*/; 4802 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4803 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4804 R->isFunctionType())) { 4805 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4806 CreateBuiltins = 4807 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4808 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4809 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4810 CreateBuiltins = true; 4811 4812 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4813 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4814 4815 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4816 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4817 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4818 4819 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4820 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4821 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4822 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4823 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4824 // thereof; [...] 4825 // 4826 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4827 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4828 // we want to match. For example, given: 4829 // 4830 // class X { 4831 // void f(); 4832 // void f(float); 4833 // }; 4834 // 4835 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4836 // 4837 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4838 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4839 // matches. 4840 4841 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4842 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4843 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4844 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4845 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4846 } 4847 4848 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4849 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4850 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4851 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4852 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4853 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4854 4855 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4856 Previous.clear(); 4857 } 4858 4859 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4860 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4861 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4862 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4863 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4864 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4865 Previous.clear(); 4866 4867 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4868 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4869 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4870 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4871 4872 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4873 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4874 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4875 // template, declared in namespace scope 4876 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4877 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4878 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4879 return nullptr; 4880 } 4881 4882 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4883 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4884 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4885 return nullptr; 4886 } 4887 } 4888 4889 NamedDecl *New; 4890 4891 bool AddToScope = true; 4892 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4893 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4894 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4895 return nullptr; 4896 } 4897 4898 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4899 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4900 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4901 TemplateParamLists, 4902 AddToScope); 4903 } else { 4904 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4905 AddToScope); 4906 } 4907 4908 if (!New) 4909 return nullptr; 4910 4911 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4912 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4913 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4914 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4915 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4916 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4917 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4918 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4919 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4920 if (!AddToContext) 4921 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4922 } 4923 4924 return New; 4925 } 4926 4927 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4928 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4929 /// GCC compatibility). 4930 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4931 ASTContext &Context, 4932 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4933 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4934 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4935 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4936 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4937 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4938 SizeIsNegative = false; 4939 Oversized = 0; 4940 4941 if (T->isDependentType()) 4942 return QualType(); 4943 4944 QualifierCollector Qs; 4945 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4946 4947 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4948 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4949 QualType FixedType = 4950 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4951 Oversized); 4952 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4953 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4954 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4955 } 4956 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4957 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4958 QualType FixedType = 4959 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4960 Oversized); 4961 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4962 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4963 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4964 } 4965 4966 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4967 if (!VLATy) 4968 return QualType(); 4969 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4970 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4971 return QualType(); 4972 4973 llvm::APSInt Res; 4974 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4975 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4976 return QualType(); 4977 4978 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4979 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4980 SizeIsNegative = true; 4981 return QualType(); 4982 } 4983 4984 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4985 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4986 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4987 Res); 4988 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4989 Oversized = Res; 4990 return QualType(); 4991 } 4992 4993 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4994 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4995 } 4996 4997 static void 4998 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4999 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5000 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5001 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5002 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5003 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5004 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5005 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5006 return; 5007 } 5008 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5009 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5010 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5011 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5012 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5013 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5014 return; 5015 } 5016 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5017 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5018 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5019 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5020 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5021 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5022 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5023 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5024 } 5025 5026 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5027 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5028 /// GCC compatibility). 5029 static TypeSourceInfo* 5030 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5031 ASTContext &Context, 5032 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5033 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5034 QualType FixedTy 5035 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5036 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5037 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5038 return nullptr; 5039 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5040 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5041 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5042 return FixedTInfo; 5043 } 5044 5045 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5046 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5047 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5048 /// function-scope declarations. 5049 void 5050 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5051 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5052 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5053 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5054 return; 5055 5056 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5057 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5058 } 5059 5060 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5061 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5062 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5063 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5064 } 5065 5066 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5067 /// does not identify a function. 5068 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5069 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5070 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5071 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5072 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5073 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5074 5075 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5076 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5077 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5078 5079 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5080 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5081 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5082 5083 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5084 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5085 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5086 } 5087 5088 NamedDecl* 5089 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5090 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5091 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5092 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5093 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5094 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5095 D.setInvalidType(); 5096 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5097 DC = CurContext; 5098 Previous.clear(); 5099 } 5100 5101 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5102 5103 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5104 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5105 << 1; 5106 5107 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5108 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5109 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5110 return nullptr; 5111 } 5112 5113 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5114 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5115 5116 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5117 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5118 5119 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5120 5121 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5122 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5123 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5124 return ND; 5125 } 5126 5127 void 5128 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5129 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5130 // then it shall have block scope. 5131 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5132 // that redeclarations will match. 5133 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5134 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5135 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5136 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5137 5138 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5139 bool SizeIsNegative; 5140 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5141 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5142 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5143 SizeIsNegative, 5144 Oversized); 5145 if (FixedTInfo) { 5146 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5147 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5148 } else { 5149 if (SizeIsNegative) 5150 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5151 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5152 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5153 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5154 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5155 << Oversized.toString(10); 5156 else 5157 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5158 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5159 } 5160 } 5161 } 5162 } 5163 5164 5165 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5166 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5167 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5168 NamedDecl* 5169 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5170 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5171 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5172 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5173 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5174 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5175 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5176 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5177 Redeclaration = true; 5178 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5179 } 5180 5181 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5182 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5183 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5184 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5185 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5186 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5187 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5188 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5189 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5190 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5191 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5192 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5193 } 5194 5195 return NewTD; 5196 } 5197 5198 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5199 /// previous declaration. 5200 /// 5201 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5202 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5203 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5204 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5205 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5206 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5207 /// 5208 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5209 /// lookup 5210 /// 5211 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5212 /// declared. 5213 /// 5214 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5215 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5216 static bool 5217 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5218 ASTContext &Context) { 5219 if (!PrevDecl) 5220 return false; 5221 5222 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5223 return false; 5224 5225 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5226 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5227 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5228 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5229 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5230 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5231 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5232 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5233 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5234 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5235 return false; 5236 5237 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5238 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5239 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5240 return false; 5241 5242 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5243 // previous declarations. 5244 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5245 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5246 5247 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5248 // isn't the same function. 5249 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5250 return false; 5251 } 5252 5253 return true; 5254 } 5255 5256 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5257 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5258 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5259 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5260 } 5261 5262 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5263 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5264 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5265 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5266 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5267 unsigned kind = -1U; 5268 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5269 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5270 kind = 0; // __block 5271 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5272 kind = 1; // global 5273 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5274 kind = 3; // ivar 5275 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5276 kind = 2; // field 5277 } 5278 5279 if (kind != -1U) { 5280 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5281 << kind; 5282 } 5283 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5284 // Try to infer lifetime. 5285 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5286 return false; 5287 5288 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5289 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5290 decl->setType(type); 5291 } 5292 5293 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5294 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5295 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5296 var->getTLSKind()) { 5297 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5298 << var->getType(); 5299 return true; 5300 } 5301 } 5302 5303 return false; 5304 } 5305 5306 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5307 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5308 // the wrong linkage. 5309 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5310 5311 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5312 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5313 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5314 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5315 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5316 } 5317 } 5318 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5319 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5320 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5321 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5322 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5323 } 5324 } 5325 5326 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5327 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5328 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5329 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5330 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5331 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5332 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5333 } 5334 } 5335 } 5336 5337 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5338 // It does not apply to functions. 5339 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5340 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5341 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5342 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5343 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5344 } 5345 } 5346 5347 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5348 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5349 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5350 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5351 << &ND << Attr; 5352 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5353 } 5354 } 5355 } 5356 5357 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5358 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5359 bool IsSpecialization) { 5360 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5361 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5362 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5363 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5364 5365 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5366 return; 5367 5368 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5369 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5370 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5371 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5372 5373 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5374 // inherited attribute instances. 5375 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5376 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5377 5378 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5379 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5380 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5381 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5382 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5383 5384 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5385 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5386 bool JustWarn = false; 5387 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5388 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5389 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5390 JustWarn = true; 5391 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5392 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5393 JustWarn = true; 5394 } 5395 5396 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5397 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5398 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5399 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5400 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5401 JustWarn = false; 5402 5403 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5404 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5405 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5406 << NewDecl 5407 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5408 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5409 if (!JustWarn) { 5410 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5411 return; 5412 } 5413 } 5414 5415 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5416 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5417 // and qualified friend declarations. 5418 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5419 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5420 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5421 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5422 // separately. 5423 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5424 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5425 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5426 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5427 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5428 } 5429 5430 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5431 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5432 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5433 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5434 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5435 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5436 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5437 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5438 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5439 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5440 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5441 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5442 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5443 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5444 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5445 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5446 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5447 } 5448 } 5449 5450 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5451 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5452 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5453 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5454 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5455 5456 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5457 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5458 5459 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5460 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5461 return false; 5462 5463 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5464 5465 #ifndef NDEBUG 5466 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5467 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5468 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5469 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5470 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5471 #endif 5472 5473 bool isC99Inline = 5474 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5475 5476 #ifndef NDEBUG 5477 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5478 #endif 5479 5480 return isC99Inline; 5481 } 5482 5483 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5484 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5485 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5486 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5487 /// 5488 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5489 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5490 /// 5491 /// For instance: 5492 /// 5493 /// auto x = []{}; 5494 /// 5495 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5496 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5497 /// 5498 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5499 template<typename T> 5500 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5501 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5502 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5503 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5504 return false; 5505 } 5506 return D->isExternC(); 5507 } 5508 5509 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5510 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5511 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5512 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5513 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5514 return true; 5515 if (DC->isRecord()) 5516 return false; 5517 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5518 } 5519 5520 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5521 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5522 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5523 return true; 5524 if (DC->isRecord()) 5525 return false; 5526 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5527 } 5528 5529 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5530 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5531 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5532 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5533 return true; 5534 return false; 5535 } 5536 5537 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5538 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5539 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5540 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5541 return true; 5542 5543 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5544 // position to the decl itself. 5545 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5546 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5547 return true; 5548 } 5549 5550 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5551 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5552 } 5553 5554 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5555 /// function-local external declaration. 5556 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5557 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5558 return false; 5559 5560 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5561 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5562 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5563 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5564 return true; 5565 5566 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5567 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5568 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5569 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5570 // 5571 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5572 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5573 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5574 DC = DC->getParent(); 5575 return true; 5576 } 5577 5578 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5579 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5580 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5581 return FD->isExternC(); 5582 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5583 return VD->isExternC(); 5584 5585 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5586 } 5587 5588 NamedDecl * 5589 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5590 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5591 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5592 bool &AddToScope) { 5593 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5594 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5595 5596 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5597 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5598 5599 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5600 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5601 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5602 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5603 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5604 SC = SC_Extern; 5605 5606 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5607 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5608 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5609 5610 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5611 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5612 QualType NR = R; 5613 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5614 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5615 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5616 D.setInvalidType(); 5617 break; 5618 } 5619 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5620 } 5621 5622 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5623 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5624 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5625 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5626 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5627 D.setInvalidType(); 5628 } 5629 } 5630 } 5631 5632 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5633 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5634 // an error here 5635 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5636 D.setInvalidType(); 5637 SC = SC_None; 5638 } 5639 5640 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5641 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5642 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5643 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5644 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5645 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5646 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5647 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5648 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5649 } 5650 5651 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5652 if (!II) { 5653 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5654 << Name; 5655 return nullptr; 5656 } 5657 5658 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5659 5660 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5661 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5662 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5663 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5664 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5665 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5666 D.setInvalidType(); 5667 } 5668 } 5669 5670 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5671 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5672 // OpenCL __local address space. 5673 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5674 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5675 } 5676 5677 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5678 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5679 // space qualifiers. 5680 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5681 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5682 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5683 } 5684 5685 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5686 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5687 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5688 // address space qualifiers. 5689 if (R->isEventT()) { 5690 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5691 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5692 D.setInvalidType(); 5693 } 5694 5695 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5696 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5697 D.setInvalidType(); 5698 } 5699 } 5700 } 5701 5702 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5703 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5704 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5705 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5706 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5707 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5708 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5709 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5710 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5711 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5712 R, TInfo, SC); 5713 5714 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5715 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5716 } else { 5717 bool Invalid = false; 5718 5719 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5720 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5721 switch (SC) { 5722 case SC_None: 5723 break; 5724 case SC_Static: 5725 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5726 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5727 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5728 break; 5729 case SC_Auto: 5730 case SC_Register: 5731 case SC_Extern: 5732 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5733 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5734 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5735 // of class members 5736 5737 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5738 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5739 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5740 break; 5741 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5742 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5743 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5744 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5745 } 5746 } 5747 5748 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5749 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5750 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5751 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5752 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5753 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5754 5755 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5756 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5757 if (RD->isUnion()) 5758 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5759 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5760 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5761 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5762 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5763 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5764 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5765 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5766 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5767 } 5768 } 5769 5770 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5771 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5772 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5773 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5774 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5775 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5776 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5777 : nullptr, 5778 TemplateParamLists, 5779 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5780 5781 if (TemplateParams) { 5782 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5783 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5784 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5785 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5786 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5787 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5788 << II 5789 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5790 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5791 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5792 } else { 5793 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5794 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5795 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5796 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5797 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5798 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5799 // This is a template declaration. 5800 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5801 5802 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5803 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5804 return nullptr; 5805 5806 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5807 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5808 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5809 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5810 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5811 } 5812 } 5813 } else { 5814 assert( 5815 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5816 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5817 } 5818 5819 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5820 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5821 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5822 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5823 : SourceLocation(); 5824 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5825 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5826 IsPartialSpecialization); 5827 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5828 return nullptr; 5829 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5830 AddToScope = false; 5831 } else 5832 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5833 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5834 5835 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5836 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5837 NewTemplate = 5838 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5839 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5840 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5841 } 5842 5843 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5844 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5845 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5846 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5847 5848 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5849 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5850 if (NewTemplate) 5851 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5852 } 5853 5854 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5855 5856 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5857 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5858 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5859 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5860 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5861 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5862 5863 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5864 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5865 5866 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5867 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5868 } 5869 5870 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5871 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5872 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5873 if (NewTemplate) 5874 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5875 5876 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5877 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5878 5879 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5880 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5881 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5882 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5883 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5884 // explicitly. 5885 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5886 // 'extern'. 5887 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5888 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5889 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5890 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5891 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5892 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5893 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5894 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5895 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5896 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5897 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5898 // error should be ignored. 5899 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5900 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5901 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5902 // to emit any code for it. 5903 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5904 } else 5905 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5906 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5907 } else 5908 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5909 } 5910 5911 // C99 6.7.4p3 5912 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5913 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5914 // thread storage duration... 5915 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5916 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5917 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5918 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5919 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5920 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5921 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5922 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5923 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5924 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5925 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5926 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5927 } 5928 } 5929 5930 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5931 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5932 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5933 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5934 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5935 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5936 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5937 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5938 << 2 5939 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5940 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5941 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5942 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5943 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5944 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5945 else { 5946 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5947 if (NewTemplate) 5948 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5949 } 5950 } 5951 5952 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5953 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5954 5955 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5956 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5957 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5958 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5959 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5960 // storage [duration]." 5961 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5962 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5963 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5964 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5965 } 5966 } 5967 5968 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5969 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5970 // check the VarDecl itself. 5971 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5972 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5973 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5974 5975 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5976 // retainable type. 5977 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5978 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5979 5980 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5981 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5982 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5983 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5984 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5985 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5986 switch (SC) { 5987 case SC_None: 5988 case SC_Auto: 5989 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5990 break; 5991 case SC_Register: 5992 // Local Named register 5993 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5994 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5995 break; 5996 case SC_Static: 5997 case SC_Extern: 5998 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5999 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6000 break; 6001 } 6002 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6003 // Global Named register 6004 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6005 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6006 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6007 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6008 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6009 } 6010 } 6011 6012 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6013 Context, Label, 0)); 6014 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6015 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6016 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6017 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6018 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6019 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6020 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6021 } else 6022 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6023 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6024 } 6025 } 6026 6027 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6028 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6029 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6030 6031 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6032 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6033 // declaration has linkage). 6034 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6035 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6036 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6037 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6038 6039 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6040 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6041 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6042 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6043 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6044 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6045 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6046 6047 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6048 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6049 } else { 6050 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6051 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6052 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6053 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6054 6055 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6056 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6057 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6058 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6059 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6060 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6061 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6062 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6063 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6064 Previous.clear(); 6065 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6066 } 6067 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6068 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6069 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6070 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6071 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6072 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6073 } 6074 6075 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6076 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6077 6078 if (NewTemplate) { 6079 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6080 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6081 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6082 : nullptr; 6083 6084 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6085 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6086 // template declaration. 6087 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6088 TemplateParams, 6089 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6090 : nullptr, 6091 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6092 DC->isDependentContext()) 6093 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6094 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6095 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6096 6097 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6098 // template, make a note of that. 6099 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6100 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6101 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6102 } 6103 } 6104 6105 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6106 6107 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6108 // the map of such variables. 6109 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6110 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6111 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6112 6113 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6114 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6115 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6116 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6117 Context.setManglingNumber( 6118 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6119 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6120 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6121 } 6122 } 6123 6124 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6125 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6126 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6127 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6128 6129 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6130 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6131 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6132 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6133 6134 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6135 // behavior. 6136 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6137 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6138 } 6139 6140 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6141 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6142 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6143 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6144 } 6145 6146 if (NewTemplate) { 6147 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6148 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6149 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6150 return NewTemplate; 6151 } 6152 6153 return NewVD; 6154 } 6155 6156 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6157 /// -Wshadow. 6158 /// 6159 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6160 /// scope. 6161 /// 6162 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6163 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6164 /// 6165 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6166 // Return if warning is ignored. 6167 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6168 return; 6169 6170 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6171 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6172 return; 6173 6174 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6175 6176 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6177 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6178 return; 6179 6180 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6181 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6182 return; 6183 6184 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6185 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6186 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6187 if (MD->isStatic()) 6188 return; 6189 6190 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6191 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6192 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6193 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6194 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6195 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6196 ShadowedDecl = I; 6197 break; 6198 } 6199 } 6200 6201 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6202 6203 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6204 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6205 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6206 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6207 return; 6208 6209 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6210 // static data members from base classes? 6211 6212 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6213 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6214 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6215 } 6216 6217 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6218 unsigned Kind; 6219 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6220 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6221 Kind = 3; // field 6222 else 6223 Kind = 2; // static data member 6224 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6225 Kind = 1; // global 6226 else 6227 Kind = 0; // local 6228 6229 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6230 6231 // Emit warning and note. 6232 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6233 return; 6234 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6235 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6236 } 6237 6238 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6239 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6240 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6241 return; 6242 6243 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6244 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6245 LookupName(R, S); 6246 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6247 } 6248 6249 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6250 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6251 template<typename T> 6252 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6253 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6254 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6255 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6256 6257 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6258 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6259 // declaration. 6260 return false; 6261 } 6262 6263 if (Prev) { 6264 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6265 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6266 // redeclaration. 6267 Previous.clear(); 6268 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6269 return true; 6270 } 6271 6272 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6273 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6274 // declaration. 6275 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6276 return false; 6277 } else { 6278 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6279 // translation unit which might conflict. 6280 if (IsGlobal) { 6281 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6282 IsGlobal = false; 6283 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6284 I != E; ++I) { 6285 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6286 Prev = *I; 6287 break; 6288 } 6289 } 6290 } else { 6291 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6292 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6293 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6294 I != E; ++I) { 6295 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6296 Prev = *I; 6297 break; 6298 } 6299 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6300 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6301 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6302 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6303 // diagnostic. 6304 } 6305 } 6306 6307 if (!Prev) 6308 return false; 6309 } 6310 6311 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6312 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6313 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6314 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6315 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6316 else 6317 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6318 6319 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6320 << IsGlobal << ND; 6321 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6322 << IsGlobal; 6323 return false; 6324 } 6325 6326 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6327 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6328 /// 6329 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6330 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6331 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6332 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6333 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6334 template<typename T> 6335 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6336 LookupResult &Previous) { 6337 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6338 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6339 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6340 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6341 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6342 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6343 Previous.clear(); 6344 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6345 return true; 6346 } 6347 } 6348 return false; 6349 } 6350 6351 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6352 // declaration. 6353 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6354 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6355 6356 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6357 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6358 // in another scope. 6359 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6360 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6361 6362 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6363 return false; 6364 } 6365 6366 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6367 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6368 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6369 return; 6370 6371 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6372 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6373 6374 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6375 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6376 return; 6377 6378 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6379 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6380 6381 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6382 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6383 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6384 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6385 NewVD->setType(T); 6386 } 6387 6388 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6389 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6390 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6391 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6392 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6393 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6394 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6395 return; 6396 } 6397 6398 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6399 // __constant address space. 6400 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6401 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6402 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6403 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6404 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6405 return; 6406 } 6407 6408 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6409 // scope. 6410 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6411 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6412 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6413 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6414 return; 6415 } 6416 6417 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6418 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6419 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6420 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6421 else { 6422 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6423 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6424 } 6425 } 6426 6427 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6428 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6429 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6430 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6431 6432 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6433 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6434 bool SizeIsNegative; 6435 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6436 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6437 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6438 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6439 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6440 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6441 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6442 // int a[10][n]; 6443 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6444 6445 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6446 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6447 << SizeRange; 6448 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6449 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6450 << SizeRange; 6451 else 6452 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6453 << SizeRange; 6454 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6455 return; 6456 } 6457 6458 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6459 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6460 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6461 else 6462 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6463 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6464 return; 6465 } 6466 6467 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6468 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6469 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6470 } 6471 6472 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6473 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6474 // of objects and functions. 6475 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6476 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6477 << T; 6478 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6479 return; 6480 } 6481 } 6482 6483 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6484 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6485 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6486 return; 6487 } 6488 6489 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6490 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6491 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6492 return; 6493 } 6494 6495 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6496 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6497 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6498 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6499 return; 6500 } 6501 } 6502 6503 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6504 /// declaration. 6505 /// 6506 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6507 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6508 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6509 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6510 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6511 /// 6512 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6513 /// 6514 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6515 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6516 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6517 6518 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6519 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6520 return false; 6521 6522 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6523 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6524 if (Previous.empty() && 6525 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6526 Previous.setShadowed(); 6527 6528 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6529 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6530 return true; 6531 } 6532 return false; 6533 } 6534 6535 namespace { 6536 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6537 Sema *S; 6538 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6539 6540 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6541 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6542 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6543 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6544 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6545 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6546 6547 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6548 6549 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6550 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6551 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6552 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6553 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6554 6555 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6556 } 6557 6558 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6559 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6560 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6561 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6562 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6563 return true; 6564 } 6565 } 6566 6567 return false; 6568 } 6569 }; 6570 6571 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6572 } // end anonymous namespace 6573 6574 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6575 /// overriden methods. 6576 /// 6577 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6578 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6579 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6580 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6581 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6582 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6583 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6584 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6585 I != E; ++I) { 6586 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6587 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6588 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6589 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6590 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6591 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6592 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6593 } 6594 } 6595 6596 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6597 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6598 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6599 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6600 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6601 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6602 FOM.Method = MD; 6603 FOM.S = this; 6604 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6605 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6606 bool AddedAny = false; 6607 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6608 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6609 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6610 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6611 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6612 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6613 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6614 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6615 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6616 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6617 AddedAny = true; 6618 } 6619 } 6620 } 6621 } 6622 6623 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6624 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6625 } 6626 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6627 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6628 } 6629 6630 return AddedAny; 6631 } 6632 6633 namespace { 6634 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6635 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6636 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6637 Scope *S; 6638 Declarator &D; 6639 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6640 bool AddToScope; 6641 }; 6642 } 6643 6644 namespace { 6645 6646 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6647 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6648 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6649 public: 6650 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6651 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6652 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6653 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6654 6655 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6656 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6657 return false; 6658 6659 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6660 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6661 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6662 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6663 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6664 6665 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6666 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6667 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6668 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6669 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6670 return true; 6671 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6672 return true; 6673 } 6674 } 6675 } 6676 6677 return false; 6678 } 6679 6680 private: 6681 ASTContext &Context; 6682 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6683 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6684 }; 6685 6686 } 6687 6688 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6689 /// 6690 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6691 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6692 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6693 /// the same name. 6694 /// 6695 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6696 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6697 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6698 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6699 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6700 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6701 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6702 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6703 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6704 TypoCorrection Correction; 6705 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6706 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6707 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6708 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6709 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6710 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6711 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6712 6713 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6714 if (IsLocalFriend) 6715 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6716 else 6717 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6718 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6719 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6720 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6721 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6722 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6723 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6724 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6725 if (FD && 6726 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6727 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6728 // involve a parameter 6729 unsigned ParamNum = 6730 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6731 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6732 } 6733 } 6734 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6735 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6736 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6737 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6738 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6739 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6740 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6741 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6742 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6743 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6744 Previous.clear(); 6745 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6746 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6747 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6748 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6749 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6750 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6751 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6752 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6753 } 6754 } 6755 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6756 6757 NamedDecl *Result; 6758 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6759 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6760 { 6761 // Trap errors. 6762 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6763 6764 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6765 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6766 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6767 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6768 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6769 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6770 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6771 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6772 6773 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6774 Result = nullptr; 6775 } 6776 6777 if (Result) { 6778 // Determine which correction we picked. 6779 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6780 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6781 I != E; ++I) 6782 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6783 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6784 6785 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6786 Correction, 6787 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6788 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6789 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6790 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6791 return Result; 6792 } 6793 6794 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6795 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6796 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6797 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6798 Previous.clear(); 6799 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6800 } 6801 6802 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6803 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6804 6805 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6806 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6807 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6808 6809 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6810 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6811 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6812 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6813 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6814 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6815 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6816 6817 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6818 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6819 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6820 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6821 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6822 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6823 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6824 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6825 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6826 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6827 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6828 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6829 } else 6830 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6831 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6832 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6833 } 6834 return nullptr; 6835 } 6836 6837 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6838 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6839 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6840 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6841 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6842 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6843 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6844 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6845 D.setInvalidType(); 6846 break; 6847 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6848 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6849 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6850 return SC_None; 6851 return SC_Extern; 6852 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6853 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6854 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6855 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6856 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6857 // other than extern 6858 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6859 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6860 diag::err_static_block_func); 6861 break; 6862 } else 6863 return SC_Static; 6864 } 6865 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6866 } 6867 6868 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6869 return SC_None; 6870 } 6871 6872 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6873 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6874 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6875 StorageClass SC, 6876 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6877 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6878 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6879 6880 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6881 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6882 6883 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6884 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6885 // prototype. This true when: 6886 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6887 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6888 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6889 bool HasPrototype = 6890 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6891 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6892 6893 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6894 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6895 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6896 HasPrototype, false); 6897 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6898 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6899 6900 return NewFD; 6901 } 6902 6903 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6904 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6905 6906 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6907 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6908 // the class has been completely parsed. 6909 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6910 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6911 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6912 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6913 D.setInvalidType(); 6914 6915 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6916 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6917 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6918 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6919 6920 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6921 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6922 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6923 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6924 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6925 isConstexpr); 6926 6927 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6928 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6929 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6930 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6931 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6932 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6933 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6934 D.getLocStart(), 6935 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6936 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6937 6938 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6939 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6940 // it yet. 6941 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6942 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6943 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6944 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6945 } 6946 6947 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6948 return NewDD; 6949 6950 } else { 6951 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6952 D.setInvalidType(); 6953 6954 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6955 // code path. 6956 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6957 D.getLocStart(), 6958 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6959 SC, isInline, 6960 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6961 } 6962 6963 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6964 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6965 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6966 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6967 return nullptr; 6968 } 6969 6970 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6971 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6972 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6973 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6974 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6975 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6976 6977 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6978 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6979 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6980 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6981 // constructor if it has no return type). 6982 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6983 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6984 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6985 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6986 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6987 return nullptr; 6988 } 6989 6990 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6991 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6992 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6993 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6994 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6995 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6996 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6997 return Ret; 6998 } else { 6999 bool isFriend = 7000 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7001 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7002 return nullptr; 7003 7004 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7005 // prototype. This true when: 7006 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7007 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7008 D.getLocStart(), 7009 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7010 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7011 } 7012 } 7013 7014 enum OpenCLParamType { 7015 ValidKernelParam, 7016 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7017 PtrKernelParam, 7018 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7019 InvalidKernelParam, 7020 RecordKernelParam 7021 }; 7022 7023 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7024 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7025 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7026 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7027 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7028 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7029 : PtrKernelParam; 7030 } 7031 7032 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7033 // be used as builtin types. 7034 7035 if (PT->isImageType()) 7036 return PtrKernelParam; 7037 7038 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7039 return InvalidKernelParam; 7040 7041 if (PT->isEventT()) 7042 return InvalidKernelParam; 7043 7044 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7045 return InvalidKernelParam; 7046 7047 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7048 return RecordKernelParam; 7049 7050 return ValidKernelParam; 7051 } 7052 7053 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7054 Sema &S, 7055 Declarator &D, 7056 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7057 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7058 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7059 7060 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7061 // used again 7062 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7063 return; 7064 7065 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7066 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7067 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7068 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7069 // pointer to a pointer type. 7070 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7071 D.setInvalidType(); 7072 return; 7073 7074 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7075 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7076 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7077 // pointer to the private address space. 7078 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7079 D.setInvalidType(); 7080 return; 7081 7082 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7083 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7084 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7085 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7086 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7087 7088 case InvalidKernelParam: 7089 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7090 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7091 // of event_t type. 7092 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7093 D.setInvalidType(); 7094 return; 7095 7096 case PtrKernelParam: 7097 case ValidKernelParam: 7098 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7099 return; 7100 7101 case RecordKernelParam: 7102 break; 7103 } 7104 7105 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7106 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7107 7108 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7109 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7110 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7111 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7112 7113 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7114 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7115 7116 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7117 7118 do { 7119 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7120 if (!Next) { 7121 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7122 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7123 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7124 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7125 7126 continue; 7127 } 7128 7129 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7130 // field itself) to the history stack. 7131 const RecordDecl *RD; 7132 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7133 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7134 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7135 } else { 7136 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7137 } 7138 7139 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7140 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7141 7142 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7143 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7144 7145 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7146 continue; 7147 7148 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7149 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7150 continue; 7151 7152 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7153 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7154 continue; 7155 } 7156 7157 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7158 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7159 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7160 // union. 7161 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7162 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7163 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7164 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7165 << PT->isUnionType() 7166 << PT; 7167 } else { 7168 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7169 } 7170 7171 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7172 << PD->getDeclName(); 7173 7174 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7175 // the offending field came from 7176 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7177 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7178 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7179 I != E; ++I) { 7180 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7181 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7182 << OuterField->getType(); 7183 } 7184 7185 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7186 << QT->isPointerType() 7187 << QT; 7188 D.setInvalidType(); 7189 return; 7190 } 7191 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7192 } 7193 7194 NamedDecl* 7195 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7196 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7197 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7198 bool &AddToScope) { 7199 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7200 7201 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7202 7203 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7204 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7205 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7206 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7207 7208 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7209 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7210 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7211 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7212 7213 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7214 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 7215 7216 bool isFriend = false; 7217 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7218 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7219 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7220 7221 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7222 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7223 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7224 7225 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7226 7227 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7228 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7229 7230 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7231 isVirtualOkay); 7232 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7233 7234 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7235 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7236 7237 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7238 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7239 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7240 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7241 7242 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7243 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7244 7245 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7246 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7247 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7248 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7249 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7250 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7251 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7252 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7253 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7254 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7255 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7256 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7257 } 7258 7259 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7260 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7261 // return true). 7262 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7263 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7264 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7265 NewFD->setPure(true); 7266 7267 // C++ [class.union]p2 7268 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7269 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7270 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7271 } 7272 7273 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7274 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7275 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7276 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7277 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7278 7279 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7280 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7281 bool Invalid = false; 7282 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7283 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7284 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7285 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7286 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7287 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7288 : nullptr, 7289 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7290 Invalid)) { 7291 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7292 // This is a function template 7293 7294 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7295 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7296 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7297 7298 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7299 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7300 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7301 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7302 } 7303 7304 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7305 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7306 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7307 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7308 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7309 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7310 Invalid = true; 7311 } 7312 7313 7314 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7315 NewFD->getLocation(), 7316 Name, TemplateParams, 7317 NewFD); 7318 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7319 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7320 7321 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7322 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7323 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7324 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7325 } 7326 } else { 7327 // This is a function template specialization. 7328 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7329 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7330 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7331 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7332 7333 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7334 if (isFriend) { 7335 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7336 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7337 7338 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7339 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7340 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7341 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7342 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7343 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7344 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7345 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7346 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7347 } 7348 7349 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7350 << Name << RemoveRange 7351 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7352 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7353 } 7354 } 7355 } 7356 else { 7357 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7358 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7359 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7360 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7361 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7362 } 7363 7364 if (Invalid) { 7365 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7366 if (FunctionTemplate) 7367 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7368 } 7369 7370 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7371 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7372 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7373 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7374 // 7375 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7376 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7377 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7378 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7379 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7380 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7381 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7382 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7383 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7384 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7385 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7386 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7387 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7388 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7389 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7390 } else { 7391 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7392 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7393 } 7394 7395 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7396 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7397 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7398 } 7399 7400 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7401 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7402 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7403 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7404 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7405 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7406 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7407 // thing to do. 7408 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7409 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7410 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7411 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7412 QualType Result = 7413 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7414 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7415 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7416 } 7417 7418 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7419 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7420 // declaration. 7421 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7422 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7423 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7424 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7425 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7426 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7427 } 7428 } 7429 7430 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7431 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7432 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7433 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7434 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7435 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7436 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7437 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7438 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7439 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7440 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7441 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7442 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7443 // or conversion function. 7444 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7445 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7446 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7447 } 7448 } 7449 7450 if (isConstexpr) { 7451 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7452 // are implicitly inline. 7453 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7454 7455 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7456 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7457 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7458 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7459 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7460 } 7461 7462 if (isConcept) { 7463 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7464 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7465 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7466 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7467 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7468 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7469 } 7470 7471 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7472 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7473 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7474 } 7475 7476 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7477 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7478 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7479 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7480 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7481 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7482 << 0 7483 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7484 } else { 7485 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7486 if (FunctionTemplate) 7487 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7488 } 7489 } 7490 7491 if (isFriend) { 7492 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7493 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7494 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7495 } 7496 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7497 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7498 } 7499 7500 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7501 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7502 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7503 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7504 case FDK_Declaration: 7505 case FDK_Definition: 7506 break; 7507 7508 case FDK_Defaulted: 7509 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7510 break; 7511 7512 case FDK_Deleted: 7513 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7514 break; 7515 } 7516 7517 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7518 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7519 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7520 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7521 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7522 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7523 } 7524 7525 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7526 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7527 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7528 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7529 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7530 // the class. 7531 7532 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7533 // member function definition. 7534 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7535 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7536 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7537 } 7538 7539 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7540 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7541 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7542 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7543 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7544 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7545 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7546 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7547 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7548 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7549 } 7550 7551 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7552 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7553 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7554 isExplicitSpecialization || 7555 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7556 7557 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7558 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7559 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7560 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7561 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7562 SE->getString(), 0)); 7563 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7564 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7565 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7566 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7567 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7568 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7569 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7570 } else 7571 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7572 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7573 } 7574 } 7575 7576 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7577 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7578 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7579 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7580 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7581 7582 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7583 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7584 // single void argument. 7585 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7586 // already checks for that case. 7587 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7588 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7589 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7590 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7591 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7592 Params.push_back(Param); 7593 7594 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7595 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7596 } 7597 } 7598 7599 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7600 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7601 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7602 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7603 // 7604 // @code 7605 // typedef void fn(int); 7606 // fn f; 7607 // @endcode 7608 7609 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7610 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7611 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7612 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7613 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7614 Params.push_back(Param); 7615 } 7616 } else { 7617 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7618 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7619 } 7620 7621 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7622 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7623 7624 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7625 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7626 // 7627 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7628 // 7629 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7630 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7631 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7632 7633 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7634 NewFD->addAttr( 7635 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7636 Context, 0)); 7637 7638 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7639 // because all functions have linkage. 7640 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7641 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7642 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7643 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7644 } 7645 7646 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7647 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7648 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7649 NewFD->addAttr( 7650 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7651 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7652 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7653 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7654 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7655 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7656 NewFD)) 7657 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7658 } 7659 7660 // Handle attributes. 7661 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7662 7663 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7664 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7665 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7666 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7667 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7668 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7669 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7670 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7671 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7672 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7673 } 7674 } 7675 7676 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7677 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7678 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7679 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7680 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7681 7682 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7683 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7684 7685 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7686 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7687 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7688 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7689 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7690 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7691 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7692 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7693 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7694 7695 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7696 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7697 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7698 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7699 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7700 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7701 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7702 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7703 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7704 int DiagID = 7705 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7706 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7707 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7708 } 7709 } 7710 } else { 7711 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7712 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7713 // 7714 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7715 // 7716 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7717 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7718 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7719 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7720 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7721 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7722 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7723 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7724 7725 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7726 // argument list into our AST format. 7727 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7728 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7729 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7730 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7731 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7732 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7733 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7734 TemplateArgs); 7735 7736 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7737 7738 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7739 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7740 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7741 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7742 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7743 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7744 7745 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7746 } else { 7747 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7748 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7749 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7750 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7751 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7752 } 7753 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7754 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7755 // wrote something like: 7756 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7757 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7758 // friend void foo<>(int); 7759 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7760 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7761 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7762 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7763 } 7764 7765 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7766 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7767 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7768 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7769 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7770 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7771 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7772 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7773 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7774 InstantiationDependent))) { 7775 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7776 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7777 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7778 Previous)) 7779 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7780 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7781 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7782 && !isFriend) { 7783 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7784 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7785 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7786 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7787 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7788 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7789 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7790 : nullptr), 7791 Previous)) 7792 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7793 7794 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7795 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7796 // specialization (14.7.3) 7797 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7798 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7799 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7800 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7801 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7802 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7803 << SC 7804 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7805 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7806 7807 else 7808 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7809 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7810 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7811 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7812 } 7813 7814 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7815 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7816 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7817 } 7818 7819 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7820 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7821 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7822 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7823 7824 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7825 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7826 7827 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7828 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7829 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7830 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7831 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7832 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7833 } 7834 7835 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7836 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7837 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7838 7839 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7840 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7841 : NewFD); 7842 7843 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7844 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7845 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7846 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7847 7848 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7849 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7850 } 7851 7852 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7853 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7854 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7855 7856 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7857 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7858 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7859 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7860 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7861 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7862 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7863 : nullptr, 7864 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7865 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7866 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7867 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7868 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7869 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7870 DC->isDependentContext()) 7871 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7872 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7873 } 7874 7875 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7876 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7877 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7878 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7879 AddToScope }; 7880 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7881 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7882 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7883 7884 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7885 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7886 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7887 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7888 7889 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7890 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7891 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7892 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7893 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7894 // can actually do this check immediately. 7895 if (isFriend && 7896 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7897 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7898 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7899 // ignore these 7900 } else { 7901 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7902 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7903 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7904 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7905 // 7906 // class X { 7907 // void f() const; 7908 // }; 7909 // 7910 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7911 // 7912 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7913 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7914 // whether the parameter types are references). 7915 7916 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7917 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7918 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7919 return Result; 7920 } 7921 } 7922 7923 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7924 // to something. 7925 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7926 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7927 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7928 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7929 return Result; 7930 } 7931 } 7932 7933 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7934 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7935 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7936 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7937 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7938 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7939 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7940 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7941 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7942 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7943 // generate them. 7944 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7945 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7946 } 7947 } 7948 7949 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7950 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7951 7952 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7953 7954 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7955 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7956 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7957 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7958 << NewFD; 7959 7960 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7961 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7962 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7963 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7964 EPI.Variadic = true; 7965 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7966 7967 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7968 NewFD->setType(R); 7969 } 7970 7971 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7972 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7973 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7974 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7975 7976 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7977 // marking the function. 7978 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7979 7980 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7981 // a pragma. 7982 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7983 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7984 7985 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7986 // the map of such variables. 7987 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7988 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7989 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7990 7991 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7992 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7993 7994 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7995 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7996 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7997 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7998 } 7999 8000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8001 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8002 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8003 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8004 return FunctionTemplate; 8005 } 8006 } 8007 8008 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8009 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8010 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8011 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8012 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8013 D.setInvalidType(); 8014 } 8015 8016 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8017 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8018 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8019 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8020 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8021 : FixItHint()); 8022 D.setInvalidType(); 8023 } 8024 8025 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8026 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8027 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8028 } 8029 8030 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8031 8032 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8033 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8034 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8035 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8036 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8037 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8038 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8039 8040 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8041 } 8042 } 8043 8044 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8045 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8046 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8047 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8048 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8049 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8050 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8051 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8052 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8053 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8054 AddToScope = false; 8055 } 8056 8057 return NewFD; 8058 } 8059 8060 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8061 /// 8062 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8063 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8064 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8065 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8066 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8067 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8068 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8069 /// 8070 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8071 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8072 /// 8073 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8074 /// 8075 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8076 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8077 LookupResult &Previous, 8078 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8079 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8080 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8081 8082 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8083 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8084 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8085 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8086 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8087 8088 bool Redeclaration = false; 8089 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8090 8091 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8092 // the same name, if appropriate. 8093 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8094 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8095 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8096 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8097 // function to the scope. 8098 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8099 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8100 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8101 Redeclaration = true; 8102 OldDecl = Candidate; 8103 } 8104 } else { 8105 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8106 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8107 case Ovl_Match: 8108 Redeclaration = true; 8109 break; 8110 8111 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8112 Redeclaration = true; 8113 break; 8114 8115 case Ovl_Overload: 8116 Redeclaration = false; 8117 break; 8118 } 8119 8120 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8121 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8122 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8123 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8124 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8125 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8126 if (Redeclaration) 8127 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8128 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8129 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8130 if (OverloadedDecl) 8131 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8132 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8133 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8134 } 8135 } 8136 } 8137 8138 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8139 if (!Redeclaration && 8140 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8141 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8142 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8143 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8144 Redeclaration = true; 8145 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8146 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8147 8148 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8149 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8150 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8151 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8152 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8153 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8154 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8155 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8156 } 8157 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8158 Redeclaration = false; 8159 OldDecl = nullptr; 8160 } 8161 } 8162 } 8163 } 8164 8165 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8166 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8167 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8168 // 8169 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8170 // definition of a static member function. 8171 // 8172 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8173 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8174 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8175 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8176 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8177 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8178 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8179 if (OldDecl) 8180 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8181 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8182 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8183 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8184 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8185 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8186 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8187 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8188 8189 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8190 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8191 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8192 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8193 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8194 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8195 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8196 8197 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8198 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8199 } 8200 } 8201 } 8202 8203 if (Redeclaration) { 8204 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8205 // merged. 8206 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8207 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8208 return Redeclaration; 8209 } 8210 8211 Previous.clear(); 8212 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8213 8214 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8215 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8216 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8217 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8218 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8219 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8220 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8221 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8222 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8223 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8224 } 8225 8226 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8227 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8228 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8229 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8230 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8231 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8232 } 8233 8234 } else { 8235 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8236 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8237 8238 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8239 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8240 } 8241 } 8242 8243 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8244 8245 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8246 // C++-specific checks. 8247 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8248 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8249 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8250 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8251 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8252 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8253 8254 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8255 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8256 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8257 DeclarationName Name 8258 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8259 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8260 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8261 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8262 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8263 return Redeclaration; 8264 } 8265 } 8266 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8267 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8268 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8269 } 8270 8271 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8272 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8273 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8274 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8275 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8276 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8277 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8278 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8279 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8280 } 8281 } 8282 } 8283 8284 if (Method->isStatic()) 8285 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8286 } 8287 8288 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8289 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8290 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8291 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8292 return Redeclaration; 8293 } 8294 8295 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8296 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8297 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8298 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8299 return Redeclaration; 8300 } 8301 8302 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8303 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8304 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8305 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8306 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8307 8308 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8309 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8310 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8311 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8312 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8313 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8314 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8315 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8316 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8317 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8318 } 8319 } 8320 8321 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8322 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8323 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8324 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8325 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8326 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8327 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8328 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8329 << NewFD << R; 8330 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8331 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8332 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8333 } 8334 } 8335 return Redeclaration; 8336 } 8337 8338 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8339 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8340 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8341 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8342 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8343 // appear in a declaration of main. 8344 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8345 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8346 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8347 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8348 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8349 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8350 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8351 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8352 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8353 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8354 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8355 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8356 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8357 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8358 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8359 } 8360 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8361 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8362 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8363 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8364 } 8365 8366 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8367 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8368 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8369 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8370 return; 8371 } 8372 8373 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8374 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8375 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8376 8377 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8378 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8379 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8380 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8381 8382 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8383 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8384 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8385 else { 8386 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8387 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8388 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8389 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8390 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8391 } 8392 } else { 8393 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8394 // set the flag which tells us that. 8395 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8396 8397 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8398 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8399 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8400 else { 8401 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8402 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8403 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8404 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8405 : FixItHint()); 8406 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8407 } 8408 } 8409 8410 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8411 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8412 8413 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8414 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8415 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8416 8417 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8418 8419 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8420 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8421 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8422 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8423 } 8424 8425 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8426 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8427 // getting shifty. 8428 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8429 HasExtraParameters = false; 8430 8431 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8432 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8433 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8434 nparams = 3; 8435 } 8436 8437 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8438 // if we had some location information about types. 8439 8440 QualType CharPP = 8441 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8442 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8443 8444 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8445 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8446 8447 bool mismatch = true; 8448 8449 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8450 mismatch = false; 8451 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8452 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8453 // char const ** 8454 // char const * const * 8455 // char * const * 8456 8457 QualifierCollector qs; 8458 const PointerType* PT; 8459 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8460 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8461 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8462 Context.CharTy)) { 8463 qs.removeConst(); 8464 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8465 } 8466 } 8467 8468 if (mismatch) { 8469 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8470 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8471 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8472 } 8473 } 8474 8475 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8476 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8477 } 8478 8479 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8480 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8481 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8482 } 8483 } 8484 8485 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8486 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8487 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8488 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8489 8490 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8491 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8492 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8493 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8494 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8495 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8496 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8497 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8498 8499 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8500 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8501 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8502 } 8503 } 8504 8505 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8506 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8507 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8508 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8509 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8510 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8511 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8512 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8513 // rules there don't matter.) 8514 const Expr *Culprit; 8515 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8516 return false; 8517 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8518 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8519 return true; 8520 } 8521 8522 namespace { 8523 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8524 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8525 class SelfReferenceChecker 8526 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8527 Sema &S; 8528 Decl *OrigDecl; 8529 bool isRecordType; 8530 bool isPODType; 8531 bool isReferenceType; 8532 8533 bool isInitList; 8534 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8535 public: 8536 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8537 8538 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8539 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8540 isPODType = false; 8541 isRecordType = false; 8542 isReferenceType = false; 8543 isInitList = false; 8544 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8545 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8546 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8547 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8548 } 8549 } 8550 8551 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8552 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8553 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8554 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8555 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8556 if (!InitList) { 8557 Visit(E); 8558 return; 8559 } 8560 8561 // Track and increment the index here. 8562 isInitList = true; 8563 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8564 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8565 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8566 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8567 } 8568 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8569 } 8570 8571 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8572 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8573 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8574 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8575 Expr *Base = E; 8576 bool ReferenceField = false; 8577 8578 // Get the field memebers used. 8579 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8580 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8581 if (!FD) 8582 return false; 8583 Fields.push_back(FD); 8584 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8585 ReferenceField = true; 8586 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8587 } 8588 8589 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8590 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8591 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8592 return false; 8593 8594 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8595 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8596 return true; 8597 8598 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8599 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8600 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8601 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8602 8603 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8604 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8605 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8606 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8607 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8608 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8609 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8610 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8611 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8612 return true; 8613 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8614 break; 8615 } 8616 8617 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8618 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8619 return true; 8620 } 8621 8622 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8623 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8624 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8625 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8626 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8627 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8628 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8629 return; 8630 } 8631 8632 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8633 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8634 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8635 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8636 return; 8637 } 8638 8639 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8640 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8641 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8642 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8643 return; 8644 } 8645 8646 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8647 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8648 return; 8649 } 8650 8651 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8652 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8653 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8654 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8655 return; 8656 } 8657 } 8658 8659 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8660 if (isInitList) { 8661 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8662 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8663 return; 8664 } 8665 8666 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8667 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8668 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8669 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8670 return; 8671 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8672 } 8673 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8674 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8675 return; 8676 } 8677 8678 Visit(E); 8679 } 8680 8681 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8682 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8683 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8684 if (isReferenceType) 8685 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8686 } 8687 8688 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8689 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8690 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8691 return; 8692 } 8693 8694 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8695 } 8696 8697 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8698 if (isInitList) { 8699 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8700 return; 8701 } 8702 8703 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8704 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8705 8706 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8707 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8708 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8709 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8710 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8711 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8712 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8713 Warn = false; 8714 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8715 } 8716 8717 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8718 if (Warn) 8719 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8720 return; 8721 } 8722 8723 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8724 // Visit that expression. 8725 Visit(Base); 8726 } 8727 8728 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8729 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8730 8731 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8732 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8733 8734 Visit(Callee); 8735 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8736 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8737 } 8738 8739 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8740 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8741 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8742 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8743 if (!isPODType) 8744 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8745 return; 8746 } 8747 8748 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8749 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8750 return; 8751 } 8752 8753 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8754 } 8755 8756 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8757 8758 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8759 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8760 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8761 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8762 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8763 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8764 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8765 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8766 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8767 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8768 return; 8769 } 8770 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8771 } 8772 8773 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8774 // Treat std::move as a use. 8775 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8776 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8777 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8778 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8779 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8780 return; 8781 } 8782 } 8783 } 8784 8785 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8786 } 8787 8788 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8789 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8790 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8791 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8792 return; 8793 } 8794 8795 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8796 } 8797 8798 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8799 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8800 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8801 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8802 Visit(E->getCond()); 8803 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8804 } 8805 8806 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8807 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8808 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8809 unsigned diag; 8810 if (isReferenceType) { 8811 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8812 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8813 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8814 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8815 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8816 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8817 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8818 } else { 8819 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8820 return; 8821 } 8822 8823 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8824 S.PDiag(diag) 8825 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8826 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8827 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8828 } 8829 }; 8830 8831 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8832 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8833 bool DirectInit) { 8834 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8835 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8836 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8837 return; 8838 8839 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8840 8841 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8842 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8843 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8844 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8845 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8846 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8847 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8848 return; 8849 8850 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8851 } 8852 } 8853 8854 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8855 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8856 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8857 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8858 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8859 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8860 // the initializer. 8861 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8862 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8863 return; 8864 } 8865 8866 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8867 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8868 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8869 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8870 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8871 return; 8872 } 8873 8874 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8875 if (!VDecl) { 8876 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8877 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8878 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8879 return; 8880 } 8881 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8882 8883 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8884 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8885 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8886 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8887 // TypoExpr. 8888 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 8889 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8890 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8891 return; 8892 } 8893 8894 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8895 Init = Res.get(); 8896 if (CXXDirectInit) 8897 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8898 } 8899 8900 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8901 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8902 // contains exactly one expression. 8903 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8904 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8905 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8906 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8907 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8908 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8909 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8910 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8911 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8912 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8913 return; 8914 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8915 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8916 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8917 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8918 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8919 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8920 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8921 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8922 return; 8923 } else { 8924 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8925 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8926 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8927 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8928 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8929 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8930 } 8931 } 8932 8933 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8934 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8935 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8936 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8937 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8938 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8939 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8940 return; 8941 } 8942 Init = Result.get(); 8943 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8944 } 8945 8946 QualType DeducedType; 8947 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8948 DAR_Failed) 8949 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8950 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8951 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8952 return; 8953 } 8954 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8955 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8956 8957 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8958 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8959 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8960 8961 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8962 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8963 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8964 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8965 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8966 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8967 SourceLocation Loc = 8968 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8969 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8970 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8971 } 8972 8973 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8974 // the previously declared type. 8975 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8976 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8977 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8978 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8979 } 8980 8981 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8982 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8983 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8984 return; 8985 8986 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8987 // we implement N3922. 8988 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8989 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8990 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8991 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8992 } 8993 } 8994 8995 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8996 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8997 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8998 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8999 return; 9000 } 9001 9002 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9003 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9004 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9005 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9006 return; 9007 } 9008 9009 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9010 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9011 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9012 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9013 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9014 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9015 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9016 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9017 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9018 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9019 return; 9020 } 9021 9022 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9023 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9024 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9025 AbstractVariableType)) 9026 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9027 } 9028 9029 VarDecl *Def; 9030 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9031 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9032 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9033 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9034 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9035 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9036 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9037 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9038 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9039 } else { 9040 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9041 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9042 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9043 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9044 return; 9045 } 9046 } 9047 9048 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9049 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9050 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9051 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9052 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9053 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9054 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9055 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9056 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9057 // 9058 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9059 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9060 // declaration with an initializer. 9061 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9062 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9063 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9064 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9065 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9066 << 0; 9067 return; 9068 } 9069 9070 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9071 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9072 9073 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9074 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9075 return; 9076 } 9077 } 9078 9079 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9080 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9081 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 9082 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9083 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9084 return; 9085 } 9086 9087 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9088 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9089 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9090 9091 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9092 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9093 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9094 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9095 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9096 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9097 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9098 return; 9099 } 9100 Init = Result.get(); 9101 } 9102 9103 // Perform the initialization. 9104 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9105 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9106 InitializationKind Kind 9107 = DirectInit ? 9108 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9109 Init->getLocStart(), 9110 Init->getLocEnd()) 9111 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9112 VDecl->getLocation()) 9113 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9114 Init->getLocStart()); 9115 9116 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9117 if (CXXDirectInit) 9118 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9119 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9120 9121 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9122 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9123 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9124 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9125 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9126 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9127 }); 9128 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9129 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9130 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9131 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9132 } 9133 } 9134 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9135 return; 9136 9137 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9138 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9139 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9140 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9141 return; 9142 } 9143 9144 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9145 } 9146 9147 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9148 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9149 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9150 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9151 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9152 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9153 } 9154 9155 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9156 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9157 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9158 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9159 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9160 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9161 9162 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9163 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9164 9165 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9166 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9167 9168 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9169 // Although this code can still have problems: 9170 // id x = self.weakProp; 9171 // id y = self.weakProp; 9172 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9173 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9174 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9175 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9176 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9177 Init->getLocStart())) 9178 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9179 } 9180 9181 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9182 // 9183 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9184 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9185 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9186 // 9187 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9188 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9189 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9190 // 9191 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9192 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9193 false, 9194 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9195 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9196 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9197 return; 9198 } 9199 Init = Result.get(); 9200 9201 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9202 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9203 9204 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9205 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9206 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9207 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9208 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9209 const Expr *Culprit; 9210 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9211 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9212 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9213 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9214 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9215 // constant expressions. 9216 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9217 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9218 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9219 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9220 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9221 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9222 } 9223 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9224 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9225 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9226 // 9227 // struct S { 9228 // static const int value = 17; 9229 // }; 9230 9231 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9232 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9233 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9234 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9235 // 9236 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9237 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9238 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9239 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9240 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9241 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9242 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9243 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9244 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9245 9246 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9247 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9248 9249 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9250 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9251 // type. 9252 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9253 9254 // Require constness. 9255 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9256 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9257 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9258 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9259 9260 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9261 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9262 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9263 SourceLocation Loc; 9264 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9265 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9266 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9267 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9268 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9269 ; // Nothing to check. 9270 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9271 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9272 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9273 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9274 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9275 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9276 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9277 } else { 9278 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9279 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9280 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9281 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9282 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9283 } 9284 9285 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9286 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9287 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9288 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9289 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9290 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9291 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9292 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9293 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9294 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9295 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9296 } else { 9297 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9298 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9299 9300 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9301 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9302 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9303 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9304 } 9305 } 9306 9307 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9308 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9309 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9310 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9311 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9312 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9313 9314 } else { 9315 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9316 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9317 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9318 } 9319 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9320 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9321 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9322 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9323 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9324 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9325 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9326 9327 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9328 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9329 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9330 } 9331 9332 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9333 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9334 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9335 // 9336 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9337 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9338 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9339 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9340 // special case code. 9341 9342 // C++ 8.5p11: 9343 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9344 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9345 // class type. 9346 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9347 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9348 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9349 } else if (DirectInit) { 9350 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9351 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9352 } 9353 9354 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9355 } 9356 9357 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9358 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9359 /// of sanity. 9360 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9361 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9362 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9363 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9364 9365 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9366 if (!VD) return; 9367 9368 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9369 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9370 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9371 return; 9372 } 9373 9374 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9375 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9376 9377 // Require a complete type. 9378 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9379 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9380 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9381 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9382 return; 9383 } 9384 9385 // Require a non-abstract type. 9386 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9387 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9388 AbstractVariableType)) { 9389 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9390 return; 9391 } 9392 9393 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9394 // though. 9395 } 9396 9397 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9398 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9399 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9400 if (!RealDecl) 9401 return; 9402 9403 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9404 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9405 9406 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9407 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9408 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9409 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9410 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9411 return; 9412 } 9413 9414 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9415 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9416 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9417 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9418 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9419 // member. 9420 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9421 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9422 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9423 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9424 << Var->getDeclName(); 9425 else 9426 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9427 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9428 return; 9429 } 9430 9431 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9432 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9433 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9434 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9435 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9436 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9437 return; 9438 } 9439 9440 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9441 // be initialized. 9442 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9443 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9444 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9445 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9446 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9447 return; 9448 } 9449 9450 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9451 case VarDecl::Definition: 9452 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9453 break; 9454 9455 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9456 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9457 // a declaration. 9458 // 9459 // Fall through 9460 9461 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9462 // It's only a declaration. 9463 9464 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9465 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9466 // object shall be complete. 9467 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9468 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9469 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9470 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9471 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9472 9473 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9474 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9475 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9476 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9477 AbstractVariableType)) 9478 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9479 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9480 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9481 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9482 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9483 } 9484 9485 return; 9486 9487 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9488 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9489 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9490 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9491 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9492 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9493 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9494 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9495 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9496 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9497 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9498 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9499 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9500 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9501 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9502 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9503 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9504 // NOTE: code such as the following 9505 // static struct s; 9506 // struct s { int a; }; 9507 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9508 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9509 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9510 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9511 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9512 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9513 } 9514 } 9515 9516 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9517 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9518 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9519 return; 9520 } 9521 9522 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9523 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9524 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9525 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9526 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9527 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9528 return; 9529 } 9530 9531 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9532 // definitions with reference type. 9533 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9534 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9535 << Var->getDeclName() 9536 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9537 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9538 return; 9539 } 9540 9541 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9542 // variable with dependent type. 9543 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9544 return; 9545 9546 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9547 return; 9548 9549 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9550 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9551 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9552 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9553 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9554 return; 9555 } 9556 } else { 9557 return; 9558 } 9559 9560 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9561 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9562 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9563 AbstractVariableType)) { 9564 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9565 return; 9566 } 9567 9568 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9569 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9570 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9571 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9572 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9573 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9574 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9575 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9576 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9577 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9578 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9579 if (const RecordType *Record 9580 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9581 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9582 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9583 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9584 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9585 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9586 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9587 } 9588 } 9589 9590 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9591 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9592 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9593 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9594 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9595 // type shall have a user-declared default 9596 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9597 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9598 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9599 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9600 // program is ill-formed. 9601 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9602 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9603 // default-initialized; [...]. 9604 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9605 InitializationKind Kind 9606 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9607 9608 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9609 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9610 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9611 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9612 else if (Init.get()) { 9613 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9614 // This is important for template substitution. 9615 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9616 } 9617 9618 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9619 } 9620 } 9621 9622 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9623 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9624 if (!VD) { 9625 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9626 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9627 return; 9628 } 9629 9630 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9631 9632 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9633 int Error = -1; 9634 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9635 case SC_None: 9636 break; 9637 case SC_Extern: 9638 Error = 0; 9639 break; 9640 case SC_Static: 9641 Error = 1; 9642 break; 9643 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9644 Error = 2; 9645 break; 9646 case SC_Auto: 9647 Error = 3; 9648 break; 9649 case SC_Register: 9650 Error = 4; 9651 break; 9652 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9653 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9654 } 9655 if (Error != -1) { 9656 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9657 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9658 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9659 } 9660 } 9661 9662 StmtResult 9663 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9664 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9665 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9666 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9667 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9668 // A range-based for statement of the form 9669 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9670 // is equivalent to 9671 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9672 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9673 9674 const char *PrevSpec; 9675 unsigned DiagID; 9676 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9677 getPrintingPolicy()); 9678 9679 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9680 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9681 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9682 9683 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9684 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9685 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9686 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9687 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9688 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9689 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9690 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9691 } 9692 9693 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9694 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9695 9696 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9697 // local retaining variable. 9698 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9699 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9700 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9701 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9702 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9703 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9704 break; 9705 9706 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9707 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9708 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9709 break; 9710 } 9711 } 9712 9713 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9714 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9715 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9716 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9717 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9718 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9719 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9720 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9721 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9722 var->getLocation())) { 9723 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9724 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9725 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9726 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9727 9728 if (!prev) 9729 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9730 } 9731 9732 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9733 const Expr *Culprit; 9734 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9735 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9736 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9737 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9738 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9739 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9740 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9741 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9742 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9743 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9744 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9745 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9746 // initialization. 9747 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9748 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9749 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9750 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9751 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9752 } 9753 9754 } 9755 9756 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9757 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9758 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9759 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9760 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9761 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9762 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9763 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9764 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9765 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9766 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9767 } else { 9768 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9769 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9770 } 9771 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9772 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9773 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9774 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9775 } 9776 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9777 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9778 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9779 9780 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9781 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9782 // attribute. 9783 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9784 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9785 CurInitSegLoc)); 9786 } 9787 9788 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9789 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9790 9791 QualType type = var->getType(); 9792 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9793 9794 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9795 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9796 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9797 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9798 9799 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9800 // constructing this copy. 9801 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9802 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9803 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9804 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9805 ExprResult result 9806 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9807 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9808 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9809 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9810 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9811 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9812 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9813 } 9814 } 9815 } 9816 9817 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9818 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9819 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9820 9821 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9822 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9823 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9824 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9825 var->getLocation())) { 9826 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9827 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9828 // warned about them. 9829 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9830 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9831 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9832 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9833 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9834 } 9835 9836 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9837 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9838 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9839 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9840 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9841 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9842 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9843 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9844 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9845 Notes.clear(); 9846 } 9847 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9848 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9849 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9850 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9851 } 9852 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9853 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9854 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9855 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9856 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9857 } 9858 } 9859 9860 // Require the destructor. 9861 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9862 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9863 } 9864 9865 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 9866 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 9867 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 9868 return true; 9869 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 9870 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 9871 return true; 9872 return false; 9873 } 9874 9875 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9876 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9877 void 9878 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9879 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9880 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9881 9882 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9883 if (!VD) 9884 return; 9885 9886 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9887 9888 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 9889 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 9890 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 9891 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 9892 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 9893 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 9894 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 9895 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 9896 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 9897 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 9898 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 9899 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 9900 } 9901 } 9902 } 9903 9904 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9905 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9906 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9907 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9908 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9909 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9910 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9911 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9912 } 9913 } 9914 } 9915 9916 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9917 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9918 9919 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9920 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9921 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9922 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9923 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9924 // with a warning. 9925 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9926 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9927 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9928 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9929 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9930 9931 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9932 IsClassTemplateMember 9933 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9934 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9935 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9936 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9937 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9938 } 9939 } 9940 9941 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9942 // isn't exported with the variable. 9943 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9944 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9945 << DLLAttr; 9946 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9947 } 9948 9949 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9950 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9951 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9952 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9953 } 9954 } 9955 9956 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9957 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9958 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9959 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9960 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9961 9962 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9963 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9964 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9965 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9966 9967 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9968 // tag values. 9969 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9970 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9971 return; 9972 9973 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9974 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9975 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9976 continue; 9977 } 9978 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9979 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9980 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9981 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9982 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9983 continue; 9984 } 9985 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9986 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9987 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9988 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9989 continue; 9990 } 9991 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9992 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9993 MagicValue, 9994 I->getMatchingCType(), 9995 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9996 I->getMustBeNull()); 9997 } 9998 } 9999 10000 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10001 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10002 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10003 10004 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10005 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10006 10007 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10008 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10009 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10010 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10011 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10012 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10013 Decls.push_back(D); 10014 } 10015 10016 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10017 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10018 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10019 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 10020 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10021 } 10022 } 10023 10024 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10025 } 10026 10027 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10028 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10029 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10030 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10031 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10032 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10033 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10034 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10035 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10036 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10037 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10038 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10039 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10040 QualType Deduced; 10041 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10042 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10043 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10044 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10045 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10046 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10047 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10048 break; 10049 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10050 if (!U.isNull()) { 10051 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10052 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10053 Deduced = U; 10054 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10055 DeducedDecl = D; 10056 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10057 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10058 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10059 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 10060 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10061 << U << D->getDeclName() 10062 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10063 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10064 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10065 break; 10066 } 10067 } 10068 } 10069 } 10070 } 10071 10072 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10073 10074 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10075 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10076 } 10077 10078 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10079 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10080 } 10081 10082 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10083 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10084 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10085 return; 10086 10087 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10088 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10089 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10090 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10091 return; 10092 10093 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10094 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10095 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10096 // additional declaration references: 10097 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10098 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10099 // 'struct S *pS;' 10100 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10101 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10102 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10103 Group = Group.slice(1); 10104 } 10105 } 10106 10107 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10108 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10109 if (!Comments.empty() && 10110 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10111 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10112 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10113 // 10114 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10115 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10116 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10117 // ahead through comments. 10118 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10119 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10120 } 10121 } 10122 10123 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10124 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10125 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10126 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10127 10128 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10129 10130 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10131 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10132 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10133 SC = SC_Register; 10134 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10135 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10136 SC = SC_Auto; 10137 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10138 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10139 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10140 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10141 } 10142 10143 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10144 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10145 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10146 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10147 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10148 << 0; 10149 10150 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10151 10152 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10153 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10154 10155 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10156 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10157 // parameter. 10158 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10159 10160 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10161 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10162 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10163 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10164 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10165 } 10166 } 10167 10168 // Ensure we have a valid name 10169 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10170 if (D.hasName()) { 10171 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10172 if (!II) { 10173 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10174 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10175 D.setInvalidType(true); 10176 } 10177 } 10178 10179 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10180 if (II) { 10181 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10182 ForRedeclaration); 10183 LookupName(R, S); 10184 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10185 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10186 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10187 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10188 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10189 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10190 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10191 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10192 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10193 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10194 10195 // Recover by removing the name 10196 II = nullptr; 10197 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10198 D.setInvalidType(true); 10199 } 10200 } 10201 } 10202 10203 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10204 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10205 // looking like class members in C++. 10206 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10207 D.getLocStart(), 10208 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10209 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10210 SC); 10211 10212 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10213 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10214 10215 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10216 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10217 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10218 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10219 10220 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10221 S->AddDecl(New); 10222 if (II) 10223 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10224 10225 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10226 10227 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10229 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10230 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10231 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10232 10233 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10234 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10235 } 10236 return New; 10237 } 10238 10239 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10240 /// typedef. 10241 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10242 SourceLocation Loc, 10243 QualType T) { 10244 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10245 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10246 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10247 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10248 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10249 SC_None, nullptr); 10250 Param->setImplicit(); 10251 return Param; 10252 } 10253 10254 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10255 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10256 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10257 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10258 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10259 return; 10260 10261 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10262 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10263 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10264 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10265 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10266 } 10267 } 10268 } 10269 10270 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10271 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10272 QualType ReturnTy, 10273 NamedDecl *D) { 10274 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10275 return; 10276 10277 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10278 // threshold. 10279 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10280 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10281 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10282 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10283 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10284 } 10285 10286 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10287 // threshold. 10288 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10289 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10290 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10291 continue; 10292 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10293 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10294 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10295 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10296 } 10297 } 10298 10299 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10300 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10301 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10302 StorageClass SC) { 10303 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10304 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10305 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10306 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10307 10308 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10309 10310 // Special cases for arrays: 10311 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10312 // - otherwise, it's an error 10313 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10314 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10315 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10316 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10317 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10318 } 10319 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10320 } else { 10321 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10322 } 10323 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10324 } 10325 10326 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10327 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10328 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10329 10330 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10331 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10332 // the class has been completely parsed. 10333 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10334 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10335 AbstractParamType)) 10336 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10337 10338 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10339 // passed by reference. 10340 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10341 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10342 Diag(NameLoc, 10343 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10344 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10345 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10346 New->setType(T); 10347 } 10348 10349 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10350 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10351 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10352 // an address space. 10353 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10354 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10355 // to be qualified with an address space. 10356 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10357 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10358 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10359 } 10360 } 10361 10362 return New; 10363 } 10364 10365 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10366 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10367 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10368 10369 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10370 // for a K&R function. 10371 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10372 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10373 --i; 10374 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10375 SmallString<256> Code; 10376 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10377 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10378 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10379 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10380 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10381 10382 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10383 // type. 10384 AttributeFactory attrs; 10385 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10386 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10387 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10388 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10389 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10390 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10391 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10392 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10393 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10394 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10395 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10396 } 10397 } 10398 } 10399 } 10400 10401 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10402 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10403 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10404 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10405 10406 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10407 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10408 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10409 } 10410 10411 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10412 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10413 } 10414 10415 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10416 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10417 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10418 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10419 return false; 10420 10421 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10422 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10423 return false; 10424 10425 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10426 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10427 return false; 10428 10429 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10430 if (FD->isMain()) 10431 return false; 10432 10433 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10434 if (FD->isInlined()) 10435 return false; 10436 10437 // Don't warn about function templates. 10438 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10439 return false; 10440 10441 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10442 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10443 return false; 10444 10445 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10446 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10447 return false; 10448 10449 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10450 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10451 return false; 10452 10453 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10454 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10455 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10456 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10457 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10458 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10459 continue; 10460 10461 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10462 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10463 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10464 break; 10465 } 10466 10467 return MissingPrototype; 10468 } 10469 10470 void 10471 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10472 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10473 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10474 // was an extern inline function. 10475 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10476 if (!Definition) 10477 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10478 return; 10479 10480 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10481 return; 10482 10483 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10484 // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it. 10485 // 10486 // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition 10487 // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types 10488 // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types. 10489 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10490 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10491 Definition->isInlined() || 10492 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10493 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) 10494 return; 10495 10496 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10497 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10498 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10499 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10500 else 10501 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10502 10503 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10504 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10505 } 10506 10507 10508 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10509 Sema &S) { 10510 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10511 10512 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10513 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10514 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10515 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10516 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10517 10518 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10519 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10520 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10521 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10522 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10523 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10524 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10525 10526 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10527 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10528 10529 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10530 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10531 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10532 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10533 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10534 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10535 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10536 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10537 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10538 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10539 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10540 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10541 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10542 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10543 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10544 10545 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10546 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10547 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10548 } else { 10549 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10550 } 10551 ++I; 10552 } 10553 } 10554 10555 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10556 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10557 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10558 10559 if (!D) 10560 return D; 10561 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10562 10563 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10564 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10565 else 10566 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10567 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10568 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10569 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10570 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10571 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10572 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10573 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10574 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10575 // have the LSI properly restored. 10576 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10577 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10578 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10579 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10580 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10581 } 10582 else 10583 // Enter a new function scope 10584 PushFunctionScope(); 10585 10586 // See if this is a redefinition. 10587 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10588 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10589 10590 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10591 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10592 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10593 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10594 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10595 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10596 } 10597 } 10598 10599 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10600 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10601 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10602 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10603 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10604 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10605 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10606 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10607 10608 if (FnBodyScope) 10609 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10610 10611 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10612 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10613 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10614 10615 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10616 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10617 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10618 10619 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10620 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10621 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10622 10623 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10624 } 10625 } 10626 10627 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10628 // introduce them into the function scope. 10629 if (FnBodyScope) { 10630 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10631 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10632 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10633 I != E; ++I) { 10634 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10635 10636 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10637 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10638 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10639 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10640 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10641 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10642 if (DI == D) { 10643 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10644 break; 10645 } 10646 } 10647 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10648 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10649 } 10650 10651 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10652 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10653 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10654 10655 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10656 // accessible in this scope. 10657 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10658 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10659 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10660 } 10661 } 10662 } 10663 10664 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10665 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10666 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10667 10668 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10669 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10670 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10671 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10672 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10673 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10674 return D; 10675 } 10676 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10677 // a function template). 10678 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10679 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10680 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10681 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10682 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10683 10684 return D; 10685 } 10686 10687 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10688 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10689 /// optimization. 10690 /// 10691 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10692 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10693 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10694 /// use the named return value optimization. 10695 /// 10696 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10697 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10698 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10699 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10700 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10701 10702 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10703 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10704 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10705 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10706 } 10707 } 10708 } 10709 10710 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10711 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10712 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10713 return false; 10714 10715 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10716 // return type (yet). 10717 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10718 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10719 // we can still delay parsing it. 10720 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10721 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10722 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10723 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10724 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10725 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10726 } 10727 } 10728 return false; 10729 } 10730 10731 return true; 10732 } 10733 10734 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10735 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10736 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10737 // rest of the file. 10738 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10739 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10740 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10741 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10742 return false; 10743 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10744 } 10745 10746 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10747 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10748 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10749 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10750 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10751 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10752 } 10753 10754 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10755 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10756 } 10757 10758 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10759 bool IsInstantiation) { 10760 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10761 10762 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10763 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10764 10765 if (FD) { 10766 FD->setBody(Body); 10767 10768 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10769 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10770 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10771 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10772 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10773 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10774 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10775 << FD->getReturnType(); 10776 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10777 } else { 10778 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10779 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10780 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10781 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10782 } 10783 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10784 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10785 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10786 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10787 10788 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10789 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10790 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10791 QualType RetType = 10792 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10793 10794 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10795 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10796 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10797 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10798 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10799 } 10800 } 10801 10802 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10803 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10804 // is the first declaration. 10805 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10806 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10807 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10808 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10809 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10810 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10811 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10812 } 10813 10814 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10815 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10816 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10817 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10818 10819 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10820 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10821 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10822 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10823 10824 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10825 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10826 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10827 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10828 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10829 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10830 10831 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10832 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10833 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10834 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10835 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10836 10837 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10838 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10839 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10840 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10841 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10842 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10843 } 10844 10845 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10846 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10847 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10848 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10849 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10850 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10851 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10852 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10853 10854 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10855 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10856 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10857 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10858 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10859 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10860 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10861 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10862 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10863 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10864 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10865 } 10866 } 10867 } 10868 10869 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10870 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10871 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10872 MD->isVirtual() && 10873 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10874 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10875 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10876 if (FD->isInlined() && 10877 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10878 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10879 10880 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10881 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10882 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10883 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10884 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10885 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10886 } else { 10887 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10888 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10889 } 10890 } 10891 } 10892 10893 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10894 "Function parsing confused"); 10895 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10896 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10897 MD->setBody(Body); 10898 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10899 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10900 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10901 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10902 10903 if (Body) 10904 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10905 } 10906 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10907 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10908 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10909 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10910 } 10911 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10912 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10913 bool isDesignated = 10914 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10915 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10916 (void)isDesignated; 10917 10918 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10919 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10920 if (!IFace) 10921 return false; 10922 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10923 if (!SuperD) 10924 return false; 10925 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10926 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10927 }; 10928 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10929 // of NSObject. 10930 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10931 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10932 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10933 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10934 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10935 } 10936 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10937 } 10938 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10939 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10940 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10941 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10942 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10943 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10944 } 10945 } else { 10946 return nullptr; 10947 } 10948 10949 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10950 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10951 "handled in the block above."); 10952 10953 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10954 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 10955 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10956 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10957 // Verify this. 10958 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10959 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10960 10961 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10962 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10963 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10964 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10965 10966 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10967 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10968 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10969 10970 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10971 Destructor->getParent()); 10972 } 10973 10974 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10975 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10976 // deletion in some later function. 10977 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10978 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10979 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10980 } 10981 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10982 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10983 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10984 // enabled. 10985 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10986 } 10987 10988 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10989 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10990 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10991 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10992 10993 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10994 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10995 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10996 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10997 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10998 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10999 break; 11000 } 11001 } 11002 } 11003 11004 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11005 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11006 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11007 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11008 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11009 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11010 } 11011 11012 if (!IsInstantiation) 11013 PopDeclContext(); 11014 11015 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11016 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11017 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11018 // deletion in some later function. 11019 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11020 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11021 } 11022 11023 return dcl; 11024 } 11025 11026 11027 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11028 /// relevant Decl. 11029 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11030 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11031 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11032 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11033 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11034 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11035 11036 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11037 if (Method->isStatic()) 11038 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11039 } 11040 11041 11042 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11043 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11044 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11045 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11046 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11047 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11048 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11049 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11050 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11051 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11052 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11053 return ExternCPrev; 11054 } 11055 11056 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11057 unsigned diag_id; 11058 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11059 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11060 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11061 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11062 else 11063 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11064 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11065 11066 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11067 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11068 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11069 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11070 if (S && 11071 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11072 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11073 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11074 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11075 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11076 } 11077 11078 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11079 const char *Dummy; 11080 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11081 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11082 unsigned DiagID; 11083 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11084 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11085 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11086 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11087 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11088 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11089 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11090 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11091 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11092 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11093 /*NumParams=*/0, 11094 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11095 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11096 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11097 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11098 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11099 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11100 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11101 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11102 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11103 EST_None, 11104 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 11105 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11106 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11107 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11108 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11109 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11110 Loc, Loc, D), 11111 DS.getAttributes(), 11112 SourceLocation()); 11113 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11114 11115 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11116 11117 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11118 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11119 11120 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11121 FD->setImplicit(); 11122 11123 CurContext = PrevDC; 11124 11125 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11126 11127 return FD; 11128 } 11129 11130 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11131 /// the declaration of this function. 11132 /// 11133 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11134 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11135 /// like NSLog or printf. 11136 /// 11137 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11138 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11139 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11140 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11141 return; 11142 11143 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11144 // actual attributes. 11145 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11146 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11147 unsigned FormatIdx; 11148 bool HasVAListArg; 11149 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11150 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11151 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11152 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11153 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11154 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11155 fmt = "NSString"; 11156 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11157 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11158 FormatIdx+1, 11159 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11160 FD->getLocation())); 11161 } 11162 } 11163 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11164 HasVAListArg)) { 11165 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11166 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11167 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11168 FormatIdx+1, 11169 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11170 FD->getLocation())); 11171 } 11172 11173 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11174 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11175 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11176 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11177 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11178 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11179 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11180 } 11181 11182 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11183 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11184 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11185 FD->getLocation())); 11186 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11187 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11188 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11189 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11190 } 11191 11192 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11193 if (!Name) 11194 return; 11195 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11196 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11197 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11198 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11199 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11200 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11201 // about. 11202 } else 11203 return; 11204 11205 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11206 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11207 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11208 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11209 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11210 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11211 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11212 FD->getLocation())); 11213 } 11214 11215 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11216 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11217 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11218 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11219 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11220 FD->getLocation())); 11221 } 11222 } 11223 11224 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11225 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11226 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11227 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11228 11229 if (!TInfo) { 11230 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11231 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11232 } 11233 11234 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11235 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11236 D.getLocStart(), 11237 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11238 D.getIdentifier(), 11239 TInfo); 11240 11241 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11242 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11243 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11244 return NewTD; 11245 } 11246 11247 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11248 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11249 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11250 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11251 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11252 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11253 else 11254 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11255 } 11256 11257 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11258 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11259 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11260 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11261 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11262 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11263 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11264 case TST_enum: 11265 case TST_struct: 11266 case TST_interface: 11267 case TST_union: 11268 case TST_class: { 11269 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11270 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11271 break; 11272 } 11273 11274 default: 11275 break; 11276 } 11277 11278 return NewTD; 11279 } 11280 11281 11282 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11283 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11284 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11285 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11286 11287 if (T->isDependentType()) 11288 return false; 11289 11290 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11291 if (BT->isInteger()) 11292 return false; 11293 11294 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11295 return true; 11296 } 11297 11298 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11299 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11300 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11301 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11302 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11303 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11304 11305 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11306 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11307 << Prev->isScoped(); 11308 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11309 return true; 11310 } 11311 11312 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11313 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11314 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11315 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11316 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11317 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11318 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11319 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11320 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11321 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11322 return true; 11323 } 11324 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11325 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11326 << Prev->isFixed(); 11327 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11328 return true; 11329 } 11330 11331 return false; 11332 } 11333 11334 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11335 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11336 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11337 /// 11338 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11339 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11340 switch (Tag) { 11341 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11342 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11343 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11344 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11345 } 11346 } 11347 11348 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11349 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11350 /// 11351 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11352 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11353 { 11354 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11355 } 11356 11357 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11358 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11359 /// 11360 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11361 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11362 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11363 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11364 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11365 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11366 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11367 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11368 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11369 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11370 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11371 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11372 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11373 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11374 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11375 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11376 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11377 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11378 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11379 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11380 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11381 return true; 11382 11383 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11384 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11385 bool isTemplate = false; 11386 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11387 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11388 11389 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11390 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11391 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11392 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11393 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11394 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11395 return true; 11396 } 11397 11398 if (isDefinition) { 11399 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11400 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11401 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11402 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11403 return true; 11404 } 11405 11406 bool previousMismatch = false; 11407 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11408 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11409 if (!previousMismatch) { 11410 previousMismatch = true; 11411 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11412 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11413 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11414 } 11415 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11416 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11417 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11418 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11419 } 11420 } 11421 return true; 11422 } 11423 11424 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11425 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11426 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11427 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11428 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11429 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11430 return true; 11431 } 11432 11433 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11434 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11435 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11436 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11437 11438 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11439 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11440 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11441 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11442 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11443 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11444 } 11445 11446 return true; 11447 } 11448 return false; 11449 } 11450 11451 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11452 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11453 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11454 /// namespace N { 11455 /// struct X; 11456 /// namespace M { 11457 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11458 /// } 11459 /// } 11460 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11461 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11462 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11463 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11464 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11465 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11466 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11467 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11468 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11469 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11470 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11471 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11472 return FixItHint(); 11473 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11474 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11475 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11476 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11477 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11478 break; 11479 } 11480 11481 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11482 // build an NNS. 11483 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11484 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11485 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11486 OS << "::"; 11487 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11488 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11489 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11490 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11491 } 11492 11493 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11494 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11495 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11496 /// using-declaration). 11497 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11498 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11499 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11500 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11501 11502 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11503 return true; 11504 11505 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11506 // encloses the other). 11507 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11508 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11509 return true; 11510 11511 return false; 11512 } 11513 11514 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11515 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11516 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11517 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11518 /// 11519 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11520 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11521 /// 11522 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11523 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11524 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11525 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11526 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11527 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11528 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11529 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11530 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11531 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11532 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11533 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11534 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11535 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11536 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11537 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11538 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11539 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11540 11541 OwnedDecl = false; 11542 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11543 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11544 11545 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11546 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11547 bool Invalid = false; 11548 11549 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11550 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11551 // for non-C++ cases. 11552 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11553 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11554 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11555 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11556 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11557 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11558 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11559 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11560 return nullptr; 11561 } 11562 11563 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11564 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11565 // be a member of another template). 11566 11567 if (Invalid) 11568 return nullptr; 11569 11570 OwnedDecl = false; 11571 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11572 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11573 TemplateParams, AS, 11574 ModulePrivateLoc, 11575 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11576 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11577 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11578 SkipBody); 11579 return Result.get(); 11580 } else { 11581 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11582 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11583 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11584 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11585 } 11586 } 11587 } 11588 11589 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11590 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11591 // redeclaration. 11592 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11593 11594 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11595 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11596 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11597 // type, default to int. 11598 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11599 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11600 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11601 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11602 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11603 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11604 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11605 11606 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11607 // Recover by falling back to int. 11608 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11609 11610 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11611 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11612 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11613 11614 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11615 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11616 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11617 } 11618 11619 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11620 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11621 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11622 11623 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11624 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11625 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11626 11627 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11628 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11629 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11630 11631 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11632 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11633 Name = nullptr; 11634 goto CreateNewDecl; 11635 } 11636 11637 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11638 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11639 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11640 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11641 if (!DC) { 11642 IsDependent = true; 11643 return nullptr; 11644 } 11645 } else { 11646 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11647 if (!DC) { 11648 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11649 << SS.getRange(); 11650 return nullptr; 11651 } 11652 } 11653 11654 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11655 return nullptr; 11656 11657 SearchDC = DC; 11658 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11659 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11660 11661 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11662 return nullptr; 11663 11664 if (Previous.empty()) { 11665 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11666 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11667 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11668 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11669 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11670 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11671 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11672 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11673 IsDependent = true; 11674 return nullptr; 11675 } 11676 11677 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11678 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11679 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11680 Name = nullptr; 11681 Invalid = true; 11682 goto CreateNewDecl; 11683 } 11684 } else if (Name) { 11685 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11686 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11687 // name different from T: 11688 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11689 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11690 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11691 return nullptr; 11692 11693 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11694 // declaration or definition. 11695 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11696 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11697 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11698 LookupName(Previous, S); 11699 11700 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11701 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11702 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11703 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11704 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11705 while (F.hasNext()) { 11706 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11707 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11708 F.erase(); 11709 } 11710 F.done(); 11711 } 11712 11713 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11714 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11715 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11716 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11717 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11718 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11719 // 11720 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11721 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11722 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11723 // 11724 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11725 // semantic context? 11726 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11727 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11728 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11729 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11730 while (F.hasNext()) { 11731 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11732 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11733 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11734 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11735 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11736 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11737 else 11738 F.erase(); 11739 } 11740 } 11741 F.done(); 11742 11743 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11744 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11745 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11746 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11747 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11748 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11749 } 11750 } 11751 11752 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11753 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11754 return nullptr; 11755 11756 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11757 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11758 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11759 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11760 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11761 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11762 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11763 } 11764 } 11765 11766 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11767 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11768 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11769 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11770 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11771 Previous.clear(); 11772 } 11773 11774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11775 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11776 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11777 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11778 11779 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11780 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11781 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11782 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11783 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11784 } 11785 } 11786 11787 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11788 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11789 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11790 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11791 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11792 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11793 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11794 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11795 11796 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11797 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11798 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11799 // 11800 // class-key identifier 11801 // 11802 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11803 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11804 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11805 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11806 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11807 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11808 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11809 // declaration. 11810 // 11811 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11812 // C structs and unions. 11813 // 11814 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11815 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11816 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11817 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11818 // 11819 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11820 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11821 // 11822 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11823 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11824 // lexical context, 11825 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11826 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11827 11828 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11829 while (S->isClassScope() || 11830 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11831 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11832 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11833 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11834 S = S->getParent(); 11835 } else { 11836 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11837 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11838 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11839 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11840 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11841 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11842 } 11843 11844 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11845 // diagnose some problems. 11846 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11847 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11848 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11849 } 11850 } 11851 11852 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 11853 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 11854 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 11855 11856 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11857 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11858 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11859 11860 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11861 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11862 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11863 // in C++. 11864 // 11865 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11866 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11867 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11868 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11869 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11870 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11871 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11872 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11873 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11874 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11875 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11876 PrevDecl = Tag; 11877 Previous.clear(); 11878 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11879 Previous.resolveKind(); 11880 } 11881 } 11882 } 11883 } 11884 11885 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 11886 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 11887 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 11888 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 11889 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 11890 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11891 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 11892 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 11893 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 11894 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 11895 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 11896 diag::note_using_decl_target); 11897 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 11898 << 0; 11899 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 11900 Previous.clear(); 11901 goto CreateNewDecl; 11902 } 11903 } 11904 11905 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11906 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11907 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11908 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11909 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11910 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11911 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11912 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11913 // struct or something similar. 11914 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11915 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11916 Name)) { 11917 bool SafeToContinue 11918 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11919 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11920 if (SafeToContinue) 11921 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11922 << Name 11923 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11924 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11925 else 11926 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11927 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11928 11929 if (SafeToContinue) 11930 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11931 else { 11932 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11933 Name = nullptr; 11934 Previous.clear(); 11935 Invalid = true; 11936 } 11937 } 11938 11939 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11940 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11941 11942 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11943 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11944 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11945 if (ScopedEnum) 11946 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11947 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11948 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11949 return PrevTagDecl; 11950 } 11951 11952 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11953 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11954 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11955 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11956 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11957 11958 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11959 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11960 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11961 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11962 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11963 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11964 } 11965 11966 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11967 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11968 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11969 // and then later defined. 11970 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11971 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11972 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11973 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11974 } 11975 11976 if (!Invalid) { 11977 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11978 // we have attributes. 11979 11980 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11981 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11982 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11983 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11984 if (!Attr && 11985 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11986 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11987 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11988 return PrevTagDecl; 11989 11990 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11991 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11992 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11993 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11994 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11995 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11996 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11997 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11998 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11999 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12000 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12001 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12002 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12003 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12004 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12005 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12006 } 12007 12008 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12009 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12010 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12011 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12012 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12013 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12014 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12015 // use it in place of this one. 12016 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12017 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12018 return Def; 12019 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12020 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12021 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12022 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12023 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12024 else 12025 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12026 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12027 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12028 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12029 // references get the previous definition. 12030 Name = nullptr; 12031 Previous.clear(); 12032 Invalid = true; 12033 } 12034 } else { 12035 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12036 // about a nested redefinition. 12037 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12038 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12039 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12040 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12041 diag::note_previous_definition); 12042 Name = nullptr; 12043 Previous.clear(); 12044 Invalid = true; 12045 } 12046 } 12047 12048 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12049 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12050 } 12051 12052 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12053 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12054 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12055 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12056 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12057 AS = AS_none; 12058 } 12059 } 12060 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12061 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12062 12063 } else { 12064 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12065 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12066 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12067 // have distinct types. 12068 Previous.clear(); 12069 } 12070 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12071 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12072 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12073 12074 12075 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12076 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12077 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12078 } else { 12079 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12080 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12081 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12082 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12083 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12084 unsigned Kind = 0; 12085 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12086 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12087 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12088 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12089 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12090 Invalid = true; 12091 12092 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12093 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12094 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12095 // do nothing 12096 12097 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12098 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12099 unsigned Kind = 0; 12100 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12101 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12102 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12103 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12104 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12105 Invalid = true; 12106 12107 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12108 // case here. 12109 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12110 unsigned Kind = 0; 12111 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12112 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12113 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12114 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12115 Invalid = true; 12116 12117 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12118 } else { 12119 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12120 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12121 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12122 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12123 Name = nullptr; 12124 Invalid = true; 12125 } 12126 12127 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12128 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12129 Previous.clear(); 12130 } 12131 } 12132 12133 CreateNewDecl: 12134 12135 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12136 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12137 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12138 12139 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12140 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12141 // keyword. 12142 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12143 12144 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12145 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12146 // PrevDecl. 12147 TagDecl *New; 12148 12149 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12150 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12151 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12152 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12153 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12154 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12155 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12156 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12157 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12158 TagDecl *Def; 12159 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12160 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12161 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12162 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12163 } 12164 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12165 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12166 << New; 12167 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12168 } else { 12169 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12170 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12171 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12172 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12173 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12174 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12175 12176 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12177 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12178 // the declaration context. 12179 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12180 IsForwardReference = true; 12181 } 12182 } 12183 12184 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12185 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12186 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12187 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12188 else 12189 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12190 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12191 } 12192 12193 } else { 12194 // struct/union/class 12195 12196 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12197 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12198 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12199 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12200 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12201 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12202 12203 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12204 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12205 } else 12206 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12207 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12208 } 12209 12210 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12211 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12212 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12213 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12214 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12215 Invalid = true; 12216 } 12217 12218 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12219 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12220 if (SS.isSet()) { 12221 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12222 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12223 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12224 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12225 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12226 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12227 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12228 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12229 Invalid = true; 12230 12231 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12232 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12233 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12234 } 12235 } 12236 else 12237 Invalid = true; 12238 } 12239 12240 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12241 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12242 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12243 // 12244 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12245 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12246 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12247 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12248 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12249 // parsing of the struct). 12250 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12251 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12252 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12253 } 12254 } 12255 12256 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12257 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12258 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12259 << 2 12260 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12261 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12262 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12263 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12264 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12265 New->setModulePrivate(); 12266 } 12267 12268 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12269 // check the specialization. 12270 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12271 Invalid = true; 12272 12273 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12274 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12275 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12276 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12277 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12278 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12279 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12280 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12281 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12282 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12283 << Name; 12284 Invalid = true; 12285 } 12286 } else { 12287 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12288 } 12289 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12290 } 12291 12292 if (Invalid) 12293 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12294 12295 if (Attr) 12296 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12297 12298 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12299 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12300 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12301 12302 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12303 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12304 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12305 // the tag name visible. 12306 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12307 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12308 12309 // Set the access specifier. 12310 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12311 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12312 12313 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12314 New->startDefinition(); 12315 12316 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12317 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12318 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12319 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12320 if (PrevDecl) 12321 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12322 12323 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12324 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12325 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12326 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12327 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12328 } else if (Name) { 12329 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12330 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12331 if (IsForwardReference) 12332 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12333 12334 } else { 12335 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12336 } 12337 12338 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12339 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12340 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12341 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12342 II->isStr("FILE")) 12343 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12344 12345 if (PrevDecl) 12346 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12347 12348 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12349 // record. 12350 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12351 12352 OwnedDecl = true; 12353 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12354 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12355 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12356 } 12357 12358 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12359 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12360 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12361 12362 // Enter the tag context. 12363 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12364 12365 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12366 12367 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12368 // record. 12369 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12370 } 12371 12372 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12373 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12374 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12375 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12376 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12377 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12378 CurContext = OCD; 12379 return IDecl; 12380 } 12381 12382 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12383 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12384 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12385 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12386 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12387 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12388 12389 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12390 12391 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12392 return; 12393 12394 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12395 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12396 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12397 12398 // C++ [class]p2: 12399 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12400 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12401 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12402 // as if it were a public member name. 12403 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12404 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12405 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12406 Record->getIdentifier(), 12407 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12408 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12409 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12410 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12411 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12412 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12413 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12414 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12415 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12416 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12417 } 12418 12419 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12420 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12421 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12422 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12423 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12424 12425 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12426 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12427 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12428 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12429 RD->completeDefinition(); 12430 } 12431 12432 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12433 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12434 12435 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12436 PopDeclContext(); 12437 12438 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12439 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12440 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12441 12442 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12443 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12444 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12445 } 12446 12447 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12448 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12449 PopDeclContext(); 12450 } 12451 12452 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12453 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12454 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12455 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12456 } 12457 12458 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12459 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12460 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12461 } 12462 12463 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12464 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12465 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12466 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12467 12468 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12469 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12470 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12471 RD->completeDefinition(); 12472 } 12473 12474 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12475 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12476 // the FieldCollector. 12477 12478 PopDeclContext(); 12479 } 12480 12481 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12482 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12483 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12484 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12485 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12486 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12487 if (ZeroWidth) 12488 *ZeroWidth = true; 12489 12490 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12491 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12492 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12493 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12494 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12495 return ExprError(); 12496 if (FieldName) 12497 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12498 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12499 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12500 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12501 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12502 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12503 return ExprError(); 12504 12505 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12506 // it now. 12507 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12508 return BitWidth; 12509 12510 llvm::APSInt Value; 12511 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12512 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12513 return ICE; 12514 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12515 12516 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12517 *ZeroWidth = false; 12518 12519 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12520 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12521 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12522 12523 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12524 if (FieldName) 12525 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12526 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12527 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12528 << Value.toString(10); 12529 } 12530 12531 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12532 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12533 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12534 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12535 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12536 if (FieldName) 12537 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12538 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12539 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12540 12541 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12542 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12543 } 12544 12545 if (FieldName) 12546 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12547 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12548 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12549 else 12550 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12551 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12552 } 12553 } 12554 12555 return BitWidth; 12556 } 12557 12558 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12559 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12560 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12561 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12562 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12563 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12564 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12565 return Res; 12566 } 12567 12568 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12569 /// 12570 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12571 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12572 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12573 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12574 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12575 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12576 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12577 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12578 12579 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12580 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12581 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12582 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12583 12584 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12585 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12586 D.setInvalidType(); 12587 T = Context.IntTy; 12588 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12589 } 12590 } 12591 12592 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12593 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12594 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12595 D.setInvalidType(); 12596 } 12597 12598 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12599 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12600 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12601 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12602 D.setInvalidType(); 12603 } 12604 12605 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12606 12607 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12608 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12609 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12610 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12611 12612 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12613 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12614 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12615 LookupName(Previous, S); 12616 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12617 case LookupResult::Found: 12618 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12619 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12620 break; 12621 12622 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12623 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12624 break; 12625 12626 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12627 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12628 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12629 break; 12630 } 12631 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12632 12633 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12634 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12635 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12636 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12637 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12638 } 12639 12640 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12641 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12642 12643 bool Mutable 12644 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12645 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12646 FieldDecl *NewFD 12647 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12648 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12649 12650 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12651 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12652 12653 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12654 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12655 12656 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12657 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12658 // with the same name in the same scope. 12659 } else if (II) { 12660 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12661 } else 12662 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12663 12664 return NewFD; 12665 } 12666 12667 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12668 /// 12669 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12670 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12671 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12672 /// created. 12673 /// 12674 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12675 /// 12676 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12677 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12678 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12679 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12680 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12681 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12682 SourceLocation TSSL, 12683 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12684 Declarator *D) { 12685 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12686 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12687 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12688 12689 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12690 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12691 if (T.isNull()) { 12692 InvalidDecl = true; 12693 T = Context.IntTy; 12694 } 12695 12696 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12697 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12698 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12699 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12700 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12701 InvalidDecl = true; 12702 } else { 12703 NamedDecl *Def; 12704 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12705 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12706 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12707 InvalidDecl = true; 12708 } 12709 } 12710 } 12711 12712 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12713 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12714 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12715 InvalidDecl = true; 12716 } 12717 12718 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12719 // than a variably modified type. 12720 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12721 bool SizeIsNegative; 12722 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12723 12724 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12725 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12726 SizeIsNegative, 12727 Oversized); 12728 if (FixedTInfo) { 12729 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12730 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12731 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12732 } else { 12733 if (SizeIsNegative) 12734 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12735 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12736 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12737 << Oversized.toString(10); 12738 else 12739 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12740 InvalidDecl = true; 12741 } 12742 } 12743 12744 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12745 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12746 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12747 AbstractFieldType)) 12748 InvalidDecl = true; 12749 12750 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12751 if (InvalidDecl) 12752 BitWidth = nullptr; 12753 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12754 if (BitWidth) { 12755 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12756 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12757 if (!BitWidth) { 12758 InvalidDecl = true; 12759 BitWidth = nullptr; 12760 ZeroWidth = false; 12761 } 12762 } 12763 12764 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12765 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12766 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12767 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12768 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12769 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12770 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12771 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12772 12773 if (DiagID) { 12774 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12775 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12776 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12777 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12778 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12779 Mutable = false; 12780 InvalidDecl = true; 12781 } 12782 } 12783 } 12784 12785 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12786 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12787 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12788 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12789 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12790 12791 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12792 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12793 if (InvalidDecl) 12794 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12795 12796 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12797 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12798 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12799 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12800 } 12801 12802 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12803 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12804 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12805 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12806 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12807 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12808 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12809 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12810 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12811 // objects. 12812 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12813 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12814 } 12815 } 12816 12817 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12818 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12819 // enabled. 12820 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12821 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12822 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12823 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12824 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12825 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12826 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12827 } 12828 } 12829 } 12830 12831 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12832 // representation, not a parser representation. 12833 if (D) { 12834 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12835 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12836 12837 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12838 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12839 } 12840 12841 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12842 // retainable type. 12843 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12844 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12845 12846 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12847 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12848 12849 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12850 return NewFD; 12851 } 12852 12853 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12854 assert(FD); 12855 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12856 12857 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12858 return false; 12859 12860 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12861 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12862 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12863 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12864 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12865 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12866 // copy constructors. 12867 12868 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12869 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12870 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12871 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12872 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12873 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12874 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12875 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12876 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12877 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12878 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12879 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12880 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12881 member = CXXDestructor; 12882 12883 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12884 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12885 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12886 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12887 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12888 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12889 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12890 // members unavailable. 12891 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12892 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12893 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12894 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12895 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12896 Loc)); 12897 return false; 12898 } 12899 } 12900 12901 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12902 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12903 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12904 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12905 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12906 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12907 } 12908 } 12909 } 12910 12911 return false; 12912 } 12913 12914 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12915 /// AST enum value. 12916 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12917 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12918 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12919 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12920 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12921 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12922 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12923 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12924 } 12925 } 12926 12927 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12928 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12929 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12930 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12931 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12932 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12933 12934 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12935 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12936 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12937 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12938 12939 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12940 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12941 12942 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12943 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12944 12945 if (BitWidth) { 12946 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12947 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12948 if (!BitWidth) 12949 D.setInvalidType(); 12950 } else { 12951 // Not a bitfield. 12952 12953 // validate II. 12954 12955 } 12956 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12957 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12958 D.setInvalidType(); 12959 } 12960 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12961 // than a variably modified type. 12962 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12963 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12964 D.setInvalidType(); 12965 } 12966 12967 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12968 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12969 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12970 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12971 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12972 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12973 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12974 return nullptr; 12975 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12976 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12977 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12978 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12979 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12980 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12981 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12982 } 12983 else 12984 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12985 } else { 12986 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12987 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12988 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12989 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12990 return nullptr; 12991 } 12992 } 12993 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12994 } 12995 12996 // Construct the decl. 12997 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12998 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12999 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13000 13001 if (II) { 13002 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13003 ForRedeclaration); 13004 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13005 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13006 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13007 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13008 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13009 } 13010 } 13011 13012 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13013 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13014 13015 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13016 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13017 13018 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13019 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13020 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13021 13022 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13023 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13024 13025 if (II) { 13026 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13027 // these to the interface. 13028 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13029 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13030 } 13031 13032 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13033 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13034 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13035 13036 return NewID; 13037 } 13038 13039 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13040 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13041 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13042 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13043 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13044 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13045 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13046 return; 13047 13048 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13049 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13050 13051 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13052 return; 13053 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13054 if (!ID) { 13055 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13056 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13057 return; 13058 } 13059 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13060 else 13061 return; 13062 } 13063 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13064 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13065 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13066 13067 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13068 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13069 Context.CharTy, 13070 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13071 DeclLoc), 13072 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13073 true); 13074 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13075 } 13076 13077 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13078 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13079 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13080 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13081 13082 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13083 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13084 // it will now change. 13085 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13086 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13087 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13088 default: break; 13089 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13090 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13091 break; 13092 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13093 Context. 13094 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13095 break; 13096 } 13097 } 13098 13099 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13100 13101 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13102 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13103 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13104 if (Record) { 13105 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13106 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13107 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13108 ++NumNamedMembers; 13109 } 13110 } 13111 13112 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13113 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13114 13115 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13116 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13117 i != end; ++i) { 13118 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13119 13120 // Get the type for the field. 13121 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13122 13123 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13124 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13125 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13126 } 13127 13128 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13129 // diagnostics about it. 13130 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13131 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13132 continue; 13133 } 13134 13135 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13136 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13137 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13138 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13139 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13140 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13141 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13142 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13143 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13144 // array. 13145 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13146 // Field declared as a function. 13147 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13148 << FD->getDeclName(); 13149 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13150 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13151 continue; 13152 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13153 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13154 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13155 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13156 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13157 // Flexible array member. 13158 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13159 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13160 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13161 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13162 if (Record->isUnion()) 13163 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13164 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13165 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13166 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13167 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13168 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13169 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13170 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13171 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13172 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13173 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13174 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13175 : 0; 13176 13177 if (DiagID) 13178 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13179 << Record->getTagKind(); 13180 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13181 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13182 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13183 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13184 // of the type. 13185 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13186 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13187 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13188 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13189 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13190 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13191 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13192 13193 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13194 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13195 // 13196 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13197 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13198 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13199 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13200 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13201 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13202 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13203 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13204 continue; 13205 } 13206 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13207 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13208 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13209 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13210 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13211 // Incomplete type 13212 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13213 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13214 continue; 13215 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13216 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13217 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13218 // flexible array member. 13219 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13220 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13221 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13222 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13223 // structures. 13224 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13225 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13226 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13227 else { 13228 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13229 // other structs as an extension. 13230 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13231 << FD->getDeclName(); 13232 } 13233 } 13234 } 13235 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13236 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13237 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13238 AbstractIvarType)) { 13239 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13240 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13241 } 13242 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13243 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13244 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13245 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13246 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13247 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13248 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13249 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13250 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13251 FD->setType(T); 13252 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13253 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13254 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13255 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13256 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13257 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13258 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13259 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13260 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13261 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13262 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13263 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13264 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13265 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13266 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13267 loc)); 13268 } 13269 } else { 13270 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13271 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13272 } 13273 ARCErrReported = true; 13274 } 13275 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13276 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13277 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13278 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13279 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13280 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13281 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13282 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13283 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13284 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13285 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13286 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13287 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13288 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13289 } 13290 } 13291 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13292 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13293 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13294 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13295 ++NumNamedMembers; 13296 } 13297 13298 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13299 if (Record) { 13300 bool Completed = false; 13301 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13302 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13303 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13304 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13305 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13306 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13307 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13308 13309 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13310 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13311 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13312 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13313 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13314 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13315 } 13316 13317 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13318 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13319 13320 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13321 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13322 // problem now. 13323 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13324 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13325 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13326 13327 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13328 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13329 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13330 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13331 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13332 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13333 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13334 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13335 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13336 continue; 13337 13338 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13339 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13340 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13341 // program is ill-formed. 13342 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13343 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13344 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13345 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13346 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13347 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13348 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13349 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13350 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13351 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13352 13353 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13354 } 13355 } 13356 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13357 Completed = true; 13358 } 13359 } 13360 } 13361 } 13362 13363 if (!Completed) 13364 Record->completeDefinition(); 13365 13366 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13367 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13368 13369 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13370 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13371 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13372 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13373 } 13374 13375 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13376 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13377 // compatibility problems. 13378 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13379 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13380 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13381 } else { 13382 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13383 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13384 CheckForZeroSize = 13385 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13386 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13387 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13388 } 13389 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13390 bool ZeroSize = true; 13391 bool IsEmpty = true; 13392 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13393 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13394 E = Record->field_end(); 13395 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13396 IsEmpty = false; 13397 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13398 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13399 ZeroSize = false; 13400 } else { 13401 ++NonBitFields; 13402 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13403 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13404 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13405 ZeroSize = false; 13406 } 13407 } 13408 13409 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13410 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13411 // extern "C" block. 13412 if (ZeroSize) { 13413 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13414 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13415 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13416 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13417 } 13418 13419 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13420 // but are accepted by GCC. 13421 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13422 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13423 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13424 << Record->isUnion(); 13425 } 13426 } 13427 } else { 13428 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13429 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13430 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13431 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13432 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13433 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13434 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13435 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13436 } 13437 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13438 // duplicates. 13439 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13440 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13441 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13442 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13443 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13444 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13445 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13446 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13447 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13448 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13449 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13450 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13451 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13452 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13453 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13454 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13455 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13456 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13457 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13458 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13459 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13460 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13461 if (IDecl) { 13462 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13463 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13464 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13465 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13466 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13467 continue; 13468 } 13469 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13470 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13471 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13472 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13473 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13474 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13475 continue; 13476 } 13477 } 13478 } 13479 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13480 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13481 } 13482 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13483 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13484 } 13485 } 13486 13487 if (Attr) 13488 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13489 } 13490 13491 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13492 /// the given type T. 13493 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13494 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13495 QualType T) { 13496 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13497 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13498 13499 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13500 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13501 --BitWidth; 13502 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13503 } 13504 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13505 } 13506 13507 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13508 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13509 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13510 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13511 // enum checking below. 13512 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13513 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13514 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13515 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13516 }; 13517 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13518 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13519 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13520 }; 13521 13522 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13523 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13524 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13525 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13526 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13527 return Types[I]; 13528 13529 return QualType(); 13530 } 13531 13532 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13533 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13534 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13535 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13536 Expr *Val) { 13537 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13538 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13539 QualType EltTy; 13540 13541 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13542 Val = nullptr; 13543 13544 if (Val) 13545 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13546 13547 if (Val) { 13548 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13549 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13550 else { 13551 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13552 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13553 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13554 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13555 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13556 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13557 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13558 ExprResult Converted = 13559 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13560 CCEK_Enumerator); 13561 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13562 Val = nullptr; 13563 else 13564 Val = Converted.get(); 13565 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13566 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13567 &EnumVal).get())) { 13568 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13569 } else { 13570 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13571 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13572 13573 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13574 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13575 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13576 // expression checking. 13577 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13578 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13579 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13580 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13581 } else 13582 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13583 } else 13584 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13585 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13586 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13587 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13588 // is the type of its initializing value: 13589 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13590 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13591 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13592 } else { 13593 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13594 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13595 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13596 // representable as an int. 13597 13598 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13599 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13600 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13601 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13602 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13603 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13604 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13605 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13606 } 13607 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13608 } 13609 } 13610 } 13611 } 13612 13613 if (!Val) { 13614 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13615 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13616 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13617 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13618 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13619 // is the type of its initializing value: 13620 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13621 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13622 // 13623 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13624 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13625 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13626 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13627 } 13628 else { 13629 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13630 } 13631 } else { 13632 // Assign the last value + 1. 13633 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13634 ++EnumVal; 13635 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13636 13637 // Check for overflow on increment. 13638 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13639 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13640 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13641 // is the type of its initializing value: 13642 // 13643 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13644 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13645 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13646 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13647 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13648 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13649 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13650 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13651 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13652 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13653 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13654 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13655 ++EnumVal; 13656 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13657 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13658 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13659 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13660 << EltTy; 13661 else 13662 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13663 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13664 } else { 13665 EltTy = T; 13666 } 13667 13668 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13669 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13670 // value, then increment. 13671 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13672 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13673 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13674 ++EnumVal; 13675 13676 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13677 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13678 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13679 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13680 // integral type. 13681 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13682 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13683 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13684 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13685 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13686 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13687 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13688 } 13689 } 13690 } 13691 13692 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13693 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13694 // enumerator's type. 13695 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13696 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13697 } 13698 13699 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13700 Val, EnumVal); 13701 } 13702 13703 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13704 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13705 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13706 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13707 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13708 13709 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13710 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13711 // skip the body. 13712 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13713 ForRedeclaration); 13714 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13715 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13716 if (PrevECD && 13717 !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()), 13718 &Hidden)) { 13719 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13720 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13721 return Skip; 13722 } 13723 13724 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13725 } 13726 13727 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13728 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13729 AttributeList *Attr, 13730 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13731 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13732 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13733 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13734 13735 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13736 // we find one that is. 13737 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13738 13739 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13740 // scope. 13741 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13742 ForRedeclaration); 13743 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13744 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13745 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13746 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13747 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13748 } 13749 13750 if (PrevDecl) { 13751 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13752 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13753 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13754 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13755 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13756 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13757 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13758 else 13759 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13760 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13761 return nullptr; 13762 } 13763 } 13764 13765 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13766 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13767 // different from T: 13768 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13769 // enumerated type 13770 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13771 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13772 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13773 13774 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13775 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13776 13777 if (New) { 13778 // Process attributes. 13779 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13780 13781 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13782 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13783 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13784 } 13785 13786 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13787 13788 return New; 13789 } 13790 13791 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13792 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13793 // Element2 = Element1 13794 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13795 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13796 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13797 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13798 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13799 if (!InitExpr) 13800 return true; 13801 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13802 13803 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13804 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13805 return true; 13806 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13807 if (!IL) 13808 return true; 13809 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13810 return true; 13811 13812 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13813 } 13814 13815 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13816 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13817 if (!DRE) 13818 return true; 13819 13820 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13821 if (!EnumConstant) 13822 return true; 13823 13824 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13825 Enum) 13826 return true; 13827 13828 return false; 13829 } 13830 13831 struct DupKey { 13832 int64_t val; 13833 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13834 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13835 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13836 }; 13837 13838 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13839 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13840 false); 13841 } 13842 13843 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13844 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13845 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13846 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13847 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13848 } 13849 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13850 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13851 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13852 } 13853 }; 13854 13855 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13856 // a previous element has already been set to. 13857 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13858 EnumDecl *Enum, 13859 QualType EnumType) { 13860 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13861 return; 13862 // Avoid anonymous enums 13863 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13864 return; 13865 13866 // Only check for small enums. 13867 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13868 return; 13869 13870 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13871 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13872 13873 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13874 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13875 ValueToVectorMap; 13876 13877 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13878 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13879 13880 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13881 // an initialier. 13882 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13883 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13884 13885 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13886 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13887 if (!ECD) { 13888 return; 13889 } 13890 13891 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13892 continue; 13893 13894 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13895 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13896 13897 // First time encountering this value. 13898 if (Entry.isNull()) 13899 Entry = ECD; 13900 } 13901 13902 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13903 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13904 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13905 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13906 continue; 13907 13908 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13909 13910 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13911 if (Entry.isNull()) 13912 continue; 13913 13914 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13915 // Ensure constants are different. 13916 if (D == ECD) 13917 continue; 13918 13919 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13920 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13921 Vec->push_back(D); 13922 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13923 13924 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13925 Entry = Vec; 13926 13927 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13928 // diagnostics. 13929 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13930 continue; 13931 } 13932 13933 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13934 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13935 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13936 continue; 13937 13938 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13939 } 13940 13941 // Emit diagnostics. 13942 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13943 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13944 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13945 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13946 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13947 13948 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13949 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13950 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13951 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13952 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13953 ++I; 13954 13955 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13956 // the same value. 13957 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13958 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13959 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13960 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13961 delete Vec; 13962 } 13963 } 13964 13965 bool 13966 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13967 bool AllowMask) const { 13968 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13969 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13970 13971 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13972 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13973 13974 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13975 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13976 13977 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13978 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13979 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13980 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13981 // 13982 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13983 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13984 // likely a logic error. 13985 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13986 return true; 13987 13988 if (AllowMask) { 13989 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13990 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13991 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13992 // benefit of the doubt. 13993 // 13994 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13995 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13996 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13997 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13998 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13999 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 14000 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 14001 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 14002 return true; 14003 } 14004 14005 return false; 14006 } 14007 14008 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14009 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14010 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14011 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14012 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14013 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14014 14015 if (Attr) 14016 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14017 14018 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14019 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14020 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14021 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14022 if (!ECD) continue; 14023 14024 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14025 } 14026 14027 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14028 return; 14029 } 14030 14031 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14032 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14033 // emit a warning. 14034 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14035 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14036 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14037 14038 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14039 // reverse the list. 14040 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14041 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14042 14043 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14044 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14045 14046 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14047 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14048 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14049 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14050 14051 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14052 14053 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14054 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14055 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14056 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14057 else 14058 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14059 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14060 14061 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14062 if (AllElementsInt) 14063 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14064 } 14065 14066 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14067 QualType BestType; 14068 unsigned BestWidth; 14069 14070 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14071 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14072 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14073 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14074 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14075 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14076 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14077 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14078 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14079 QualType BestPromotionType; 14080 14081 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14082 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14083 // enum definitions. 14084 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14085 Packed = true; 14086 14087 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14088 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14089 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14090 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14091 else 14092 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14093 14094 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14095 } 14096 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14097 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14098 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14099 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14100 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14101 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14102 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14103 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14104 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14105 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14106 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14107 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14108 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14109 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14110 } else { 14111 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14112 14113 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14114 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14115 } else { 14116 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14117 14118 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14119 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14120 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14121 } 14122 } 14123 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14124 } else { 14125 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14126 // all of the enumerator values. 14127 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14128 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14129 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14130 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14131 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14132 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14133 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14134 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14135 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14136 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14137 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14138 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14139 BestPromotionType 14140 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14141 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14142 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14143 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14144 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14145 BestPromotionType 14146 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14147 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14148 } else { 14149 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14150 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14151 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14152 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14153 BestPromotionType 14154 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14155 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14156 } 14157 } 14158 14159 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 14160 if (FEAttr) 14161 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 14162 14163 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14164 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 14165 // FlagBits cache. 14166 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14167 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14168 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14169 14170 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14171 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14172 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14173 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14174 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14175 14176 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14177 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14178 14179 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14180 // the enum decl type. 14181 QualType NewTy; 14182 unsigned NewWidth; 14183 bool NewSign; 14184 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14185 !Enum->isFixed() && 14186 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14187 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14188 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14189 NewSign = true; 14190 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14191 // Already the right type! 14192 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14193 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14194 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14195 // enumeration. 14196 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14197 goto flagbits; 14198 } else { 14199 NewTy = BestType; 14200 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14201 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14202 } 14203 14204 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14205 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14206 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14207 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14208 14209 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14210 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14211 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14212 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14213 CK_IntegralCast, 14214 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14215 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14216 VK_RValue)); 14217 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14218 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14219 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14220 // enumeration. 14221 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14222 else 14223 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14224 14225 flagbits: 14226 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 14227 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 14228 if (FEAttr) { 14229 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 14230 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 14231 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 14232 } 14233 } 14234 } 14235 14236 if (FEAttr) { 14237 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14238 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14239 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14240 14241 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14242 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14243 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14244 << ECD << Enum; 14245 } 14246 } 14247 14248 14249 14250 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14251 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14252 14253 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14254 14255 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14256 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14257 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14258 } 14259 14260 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14261 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14262 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14263 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14264 14265 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14266 AsmString, StartLoc, 14267 EndLoc); 14268 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14269 return New; 14270 } 14271 14272 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14273 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14274 DeclContext *DC) { 14275 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14276 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14277 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14278 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14279 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14280 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14281 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14282 return; 14283 } 14284 break; 14285 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14286 break; 14287 } 14288 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14289 } 14290 14291 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14292 DC = DC->getParent(); 14293 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14294 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14295 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14296 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14297 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14298 << DC; 14299 } 14300 } 14301 14302 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14303 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14304 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14305 Module *Mod = 14306 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14307 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14308 if (!Mod) 14309 return true; 14310 14311 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14312 14313 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14314 14315 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14316 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14317 // silently ignoring the import. 14318 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14319 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14320 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14321 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14322 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14323 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14324 14325 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14326 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14327 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14328 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14329 // We need the length to be consistent. 14330 if (!ModCheck) 14331 break; 14332 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14333 14334 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14335 } 14336 14337 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14338 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14339 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14340 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14341 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14342 return Import; 14343 } 14344 14345 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14346 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14347 14348 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14349 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14350 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14351 // 14352 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14353 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14354 TUKind == TU_Module && 14355 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14356 14357 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14358 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14359 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14360 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14361 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14362 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14363 DirectiveLoc); 14364 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14365 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14366 } 14367 14368 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14369 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14370 } 14371 14372 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14373 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14374 14375 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14376 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14377 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14378 } 14379 14380 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14381 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14382 14383 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14384 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14385 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14386 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14387 } 14388 } 14389 14390 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14391 Module *Mod) { 14392 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14393 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14394 return; 14395 14396 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14397 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14398 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14399 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14400 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14401 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14402 14403 // Make the module visible. 14404 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14405 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14406 } 14407 14408 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14409 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14410 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14411 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14412 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14413 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14414 LookupOrdinaryName); 14415 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14416 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14417 14418 // If a declaration that: 14419 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14420 // 2) has external linkage 14421 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14422 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14423 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14424 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14425 else 14426 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14427 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14428 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14429 } else 14430 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14431 } 14432 14433 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14434 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14435 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14436 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14437 14438 if (PrevDecl) { 14439 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14440 } else { 14441 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14442 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14443 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14444 } 14445 } 14446 14447 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14448 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14449 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14450 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14451 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14452 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14453 LookupOrdinaryName); 14454 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14455 14456 if (PrevDecl) { 14457 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14458 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14459 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14460 } else { 14461 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14462 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14463 } 14464 } 14465 14466 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14467 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14468 } 14469 14470 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14471 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14472 if (!D) 14473 return AR_Available; 14474 14475 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14476 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14477 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14478 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14479 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14480 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14481 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14482 if (R != AR_Available) 14483 return R; 14484 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14485 } 14486 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14487 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14488 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14489 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14490 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14491 } 14492 // Recover from user error. 14493 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14494 } 14495